]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 | 1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
c85f7c16 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 92-97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
bbf6f052 RK |
3 | |
4 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 | any later version. | |
10 | ||
11 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
940d9d63 RK |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
19 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
20 | |
21 | ||
22 | #include "config.h" | |
670ee920 | 23 | #include "system.h" |
ca695ac9 | 24 | #include "machmode.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
25 | #include "rtl.h" |
26 | #include "tree.h" | |
ca695ac9 | 27 | #include "obstack.h" |
bbf6f052 | 28 | #include "flags.h" |
bf76bb5a | 29 | #include "regs.h" |
4ed67205 | 30 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" |
3d195391 | 31 | #include "except.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
32 | #include "function.h" |
33 | #include "insn-flags.h" | |
34 | #include "insn-codes.h" | |
35 | #include "expr.h" | |
36 | #include "insn-config.h" | |
37 | #include "recog.h" | |
38 | #include "output.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 39 | #include "typeclass.h" |
ca55abae | 40 | #include "defaults.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
41 | |
42 | #define CEIL(x,y) (((x) + (y) - 1) / (y)) | |
43 | ||
44 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed | |
bbc8a071 RK |
45 | from first to last or from last to first. |
46 | ||
47 | They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but | |
48 | only if we have push insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 49 | |
bbf6f052 | 50 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
bbc8a071 | 51 | |
3319a347 | 52 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
53 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first */ |
54 | #endif | |
bbc8a071 | 55 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
56 | #endif |
57 | ||
58 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
59 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
60 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
61 | #else | |
62 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
63 | #endif | |
64 | #endif | |
65 | ||
66 | /* Like STACK_BOUNDARY but in units of bytes, not bits. */ | |
67 | #define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
68 | ||
18543a22 ILT |
69 | /* Assume that case vectors are not pc-relative. */ |
70 | #ifndef CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE | |
71 | #define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 0 | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
74 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE |
75 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
76 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
77 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
78 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
79 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
80 | int cse_not_expected; | |
81 | ||
82 | /* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an | |
83 | expression before generating the upper levels of the expression. | |
84 | Nowadays this is never zero. */ | |
85 | int do_preexpand_calls = 1; | |
86 | ||
87 | /* Number of units that we should eventually pop off the stack. | |
88 | These are the arguments to function calls that have already returned. */ | |
89 | int pending_stack_adjust; | |
90 | ||
91 | /* Nonzero means stack pops must not be deferred, and deferred stack | |
92 | pops must not be output. It is nonzero inside a function call, | |
93 | inside a conditional expression, inside a statement expression, | |
94 | and in other cases as well. */ | |
95 | int inhibit_defer_pop; | |
96 | ||
d93d4205 MS |
97 | /* When temporaries are created by TARGET_EXPRs, they are created at |
98 | this level of temp_slot_level, so that they can remain allocated | |
99 | until no longer needed. CLEANUP_POINT_EXPRs define the lifetime | |
100 | of TARGET_EXPRs. */ | |
101 | int target_temp_slot_level; | |
102 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
103 | /* Nonzero means __builtin_saveregs has already been done in this function. |
104 | The value is the pseudoreg containing the value __builtin_saveregs | |
105 | returned. */ | |
106 | static rtx saveregs_value; | |
107 | ||
dcf76fff TW |
108 | /* Similarly for __builtin_apply_args. */ |
109 | static rtx apply_args_value; | |
110 | ||
956d6950 JL |
111 | /* Don't check memory usage, since code is being emitted to check a memory |
112 | usage. Used when flag_check_memory_usage is true, to avoid infinite | |
113 | recursion. */ | |
114 | static int in_check_memory_usage; | |
115 | ||
4969d05d RK |
116 | /* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to |
117 | be performed. */ | |
4969d05d RK |
118 | struct move_by_pieces |
119 | { | |
120 | rtx to; | |
121 | rtx to_addr; | |
122 | int autinc_to; | |
123 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
e9cf6a97 | 124 | int to_struct; |
4969d05d RK |
125 | rtx from; |
126 | rtx from_addr; | |
127 | int autinc_from; | |
128 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
e9cf6a97 | 129 | int from_struct; |
4969d05d RK |
130 | int len; |
131 | int offset; | |
132 | int reverse; | |
133 | }; | |
134 | ||
9de08200 RK |
135 | /* This structure is used by clear_by_pieces to describe the clear to |
136 | be performed. */ | |
137 | ||
138 | struct clear_by_pieces | |
139 | { | |
140 | rtx to; | |
141 | rtx to_addr; | |
142 | int autinc_to; | |
143 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
144 | int to_struct; | |
145 | int len; | |
146 | int offset; | |
147 | int reverse; | |
148 | }; | |
149 | ||
292b1216 | 150 | extern struct obstack permanent_obstack; |
4ed67205 | 151 | extern rtx arg_pointer_save_area; |
c02bd5d9 | 152 | |
03566575 JW |
153 | static rtx get_push_address PROTO ((int)); |
154 | ||
4969d05d RK |
155 | static rtx enqueue_insn PROTO((rtx, rtx)); |
156 | static int queued_subexp_p PROTO((rtx)); | |
157 | static void init_queue PROTO((void)); | |
158 | static void move_by_pieces PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, int)); | |
159 | static int move_by_pieces_ninsns PROTO((unsigned int, int)); | |
eae4b970 | 160 | static void move_by_pieces_1 PROTO((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
4969d05d | 161 | struct move_by_pieces *)); |
9de08200 | 162 | static void clear_by_pieces PROTO((rtx, int, int)); |
eae4b970 | 163 | static void clear_by_pieces_1 PROTO((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
9de08200 RK |
164 | struct clear_by_pieces *)); |
165 | static int is_zeros_p PROTO((tree)); | |
166 | static int mostly_zeros_p PROTO((tree)); | |
d77fac3b JL |
167 | static void store_constructor_field PROTO((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, |
168 | tree, tree, int)); | |
e1a43f73 | 169 | static void store_constructor PROTO((tree, rtx, int)); |
4969d05d RK |
170 | static rtx store_field PROTO((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, tree, |
171 | enum machine_mode, int, int, int)); | |
e009aaf3 JL |
172 | static enum memory_use_mode |
173 | get_memory_usage_from_modifier PROTO((enum expand_modifier)); | |
4969d05d RK |
174 | static tree save_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree)); |
175 | static tree init_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree)); | |
e5e809f4 | 176 | static int safe_from_p PROTO((rtx, tree, int)); |
4969d05d | 177 | static int fixed_type_p PROTO((tree)); |
01c8a7c8 | 178 | static rtx var_rtx PROTO((tree)); |
4969d05d RK |
179 | static int get_pointer_alignment PROTO((tree, unsigned)); |
180 | static tree string_constant PROTO((tree, tree *)); | |
181 | static tree c_strlen PROTO((tree)); | |
307b821c RK |
182 | static rtx expand_builtin PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx, |
183 | enum machine_mode, int)); | |
0006469d TW |
184 | static int apply_args_size PROTO((void)); |
185 | static int apply_result_size PROTO((void)); | |
186 | static rtx result_vector PROTO((int, rtx)); | |
187 | static rtx expand_builtin_apply_args PROTO((void)); | |
188 | static rtx expand_builtin_apply PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
189 | static void expand_builtin_return PROTO((rtx)); | |
7b8b9722 | 190 | static rtx expand_increment PROTO((tree, int, int)); |
4969d05d RK |
191 | static void preexpand_calls PROTO((tree)); |
192 | static void do_jump_by_parts_greater PROTO((tree, int, rtx, rtx)); | |
2e5ec6cf | 193 | void do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx PROTO((enum machine_mode, int, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx)); |
4969d05d RK |
194 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx)); |
195 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
196 | static void do_jump_for_compare PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
197 | static rtx compare PROTO((tree, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code)); | |
198 | static rtx do_store_flag PROTO((tree, rtx, enum machine_mode, int)); | |
16545b0a | 199 | extern tree truthvalue_conversion PROTO((tree)); |
bbf6f052 | 200 | |
4fa52007 RK |
201 | /* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or |
202 | from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try | |
203 | to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */ | |
204 | ||
205 | static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
206 | static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
207 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
208 | /* MOVE_RATIO is the number of move instructions that is better than |
209 | a block move. */ | |
210 | ||
211 | #ifndef MOVE_RATIO | |
266007a7 | 212 | #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi) || defined (HAVE_movstrdi) || defined (HAVE_movstrti) |
bbf6f052 RK |
213 | #define MOVE_RATIO 2 |
214 | #else | |
996d9dac MM |
215 | /* If we are optimizing for space (-Os), cut down the default move ratio */ |
216 | #define MOVE_RATIO (optimize_size ? 3 : 15) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
217 | #endif |
218 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 219 | |
266007a7 | 220 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */ |
e6677db3 | 221 | enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; |
266007a7 | 222 | |
9de08200 RK |
223 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block clears. */ |
224 | enum insn_code clrstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
225 | ||
0f41302f | 226 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is non-zero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
e87b4f3f RS |
227 | |
228 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
c7a7ac46 | 229 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
e87b4f3f | 230 | #endif |
0006469d TW |
231 | |
232 | /* Register mappings for target machines without register windows. */ | |
233 | #ifndef INCOMING_REGNO | |
234 | #define INCOMING_REGNO(OUT) (OUT) | |
235 | #endif | |
236 | #ifndef OUTGOING_REGNO | |
237 | #define OUTGOING_REGNO(IN) (IN) | |
238 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 239 | \f |
4fa52007 | 240 | /* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used |
266007a7 | 241 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */ |
4fa52007 RK |
242 | |
243 | void | |
244 | init_expr_once () | |
245 | { | |
246 | rtx insn, pat; | |
247 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
e2549997 RS |
248 | /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr. |
249 | It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index. | |
250 | With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */ | |
38a448ca RH |
251 | rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
252 | rtx mem1 = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx); | |
4fa52007 RK |
253 | |
254 | start_sequence (); | |
38a448ca | 255 | insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX)); |
4fa52007 RK |
256 | pat = PATTERN (insn); |
257 | ||
258 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
259 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
260 | { | |
261 | int regno; | |
262 | rtx reg; | |
263 | int num_clobbers; | |
264 | ||
265 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
266 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
e2549997 | 267 | PUT_MODE (mem1, mode); |
4fa52007 | 268 | |
e6fe56a4 RK |
269 | /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and |
270 | directly loaded or stored from memory. */ | |
271 | ||
7308a047 RS |
272 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) |
273 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
274 | && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0); | |
275 | regno++) | |
276 | { | |
277 | if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
278 | continue; | |
e6fe56a4 | 279 | |
38a448ca | 280 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); |
e6fe56a4 | 281 | |
7308a047 RS |
282 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; |
283 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
284 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
285 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e6fe56a4 | 286 | |
e2549997 RS |
287 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem1; |
288 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
289 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
290 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
291 | ||
7308a047 RS |
292 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; |
293 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
294 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
295 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e2549997 RS |
296 | |
297 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
298 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem1; | |
299 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
300 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
7308a047 | 301 | } |
4fa52007 RK |
302 | } |
303 | ||
304 | end_sequence (); | |
305 | } | |
306 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
307 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
308 | ||
309 | void | |
310 | init_expr () | |
311 | { | |
312 | init_queue (); | |
313 | ||
314 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
315 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 316 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 317 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 318 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
319 | } |
320 | ||
321 | /* Save all variables describing the current status into the structure *P. | |
322 | This is used before starting a nested function. */ | |
323 | ||
324 | void | |
325 | save_expr_status (p) | |
326 | struct function *p; | |
327 | { | |
328 | /* Instead of saving the postincrement queue, empty it. */ | |
329 | emit_queue (); | |
330 | ||
331 | p->pending_stack_adjust = pending_stack_adjust; | |
332 | p->inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop; | |
bbf6f052 | 333 | p->saveregs_value = saveregs_value; |
0006469d | 334 | p->apply_args_value = apply_args_value; |
e87b4f3f | 335 | p->forced_labels = forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 RK |
336 | |
337 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
338 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 339 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 340 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 341 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
342 | } |
343 | ||
344 | /* Restore all variables describing the current status from the structure *P. | |
345 | This is used after a nested function. */ | |
346 | ||
347 | void | |
348 | restore_expr_status (p) | |
349 | struct function *p; | |
350 | { | |
351 | pending_stack_adjust = p->pending_stack_adjust; | |
352 | inhibit_defer_pop = p->inhibit_defer_pop; | |
bbf6f052 | 353 | saveregs_value = p->saveregs_value; |
0006469d | 354 | apply_args_value = p->apply_args_value; |
e87b4f3f | 355 | forced_labels = p->forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 RK |
356 | } |
357 | \f | |
358 | /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output | |
359 | for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */ | |
360 | ||
361 | static rtx pending_chain; | |
362 | ||
363 | /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how: | |
364 | BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn | |
365 | to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on. | |
366 | ||
367 | The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR | |
368 | where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */ | |
369 | ||
370 | static rtx | |
371 | enqueue_insn (var, body) | |
372 | rtx var, body; | |
373 | { | |
38a448ca RH |
374 | pending_chain = gen_rtx_QUEUED (GET_MODE (var), |
375 | var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, body, | |
376 | pending_chain); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
377 | return pending_chain; |
378 | } | |
379 | ||
380 | /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression | |
381 | into something that you can put immediately into an instruction. | |
382 | If the queued incrementation has not happened yet, | |
383 | protect_from_queue returns the variable itself. | |
384 | If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp | |
385 | that contains a copy of the old value of the variable. | |
386 | ||
387 | Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put | |
388 | into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first. | |
389 | QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions. | |
390 | ||
391 | Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold | |
392 | on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction! | |
393 | If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */ | |
394 | ||
395 | rtx | |
396 | protect_from_queue (x, modify) | |
397 | register rtx x; | |
398 | int modify; | |
399 | { | |
400 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
401 | ||
402 | #if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */ | |
403 | /* Shortcut for most common case. */ | |
404 | if (pending_chain == 0) | |
405 | return x; | |
406 | #endif | |
407 | ||
408 | if (code != QUEUED) | |
409 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
410 | /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...)) to facilitate |
411 | use of autoincrement. Make a copy of the contents of the memory | |
412 | location rather than a copy of the address, but not if the value is | |
413 | of mode BLKmode. Don't modify X in place since it might be | |
414 | shared. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
415 | if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode |
416 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify) | |
417 | { | |
418 | register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0); | |
38a448ca | 419 | register rtx new = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x), QUEUED_VAR (y)); |
e9baa644 RK |
420 | |
421 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (new) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x); | |
422 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (new) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x); | |
423 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (new) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (x); | |
424 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
425 | if (QUEUED_INSN (y)) |
426 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
427 | register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (new)); |
428 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
429 | QUEUED_INSN (y)); |
430 | return temp; | |
431 | } | |
e9baa644 | 432 | return new; |
bbf6f052 RK |
433 | } |
434 | /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all | |
435 | the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */ | |
436 | if (code == MEM) | |
3f15938e RS |
437 | { |
438 | rtx tem = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
439 | if (tem != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
440 | { | |
441 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
442 | XEXP (x, 0) = tem; | |
443 | } | |
444 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
445 | else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT) |
446 | { | |
3f15938e RS |
447 | rtx new0 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); |
448 | rtx new1 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0); | |
449 | if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1)) | |
450 | { | |
451 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
452 | XEXP (x, 0) = new0; | |
453 | XEXP (x, 1) = new1; | |
454 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
455 | } |
456 | return x; | |
457 | } | |
458 | /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. */ | |
459 | if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0) | |
460 | return QUEUED_VAR (x); | |
461 | /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists, | |
462 | use that copy. */ | |
463 | if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0) | |
464 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
465 | /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy. | |
466 | Set one up now, and use it. */ | |
467 | QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x))); | |
468 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)), | |
469 | QUEUED_INSN (x)); | |
470 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
471 | } | |
472 | ||
473 | /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression: | |
474 | if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment. | |
475 | We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators | |
476 | since memory addresses generally contain only those. */ | |
477 | ||
478 | static int | |
479 | queued_subexp_p (x) | |
480 | rtx x; | |
481 | { | |
482 | register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
483 | switch (code) | |
484 | { | |
485 | case QUEUED: | |
486 | return 1; | |
487 | case MEM: | |
488 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
489 | case MULT: | |
490 | case PLUS: | |
491 | case MINUS: | |
e9a25f70 JL |
492 | return (queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)) |
493 | || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1))); | |
494 | default: | |
495 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 496 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
497 | } |
498 | ||
499 | /* Perform all the pending incrementations. */ | |
500 | ||
501 | void | |
502 | emit_queue () | |
503 | { | |
504 | register rtx p; | |
381127e8 | 505 | while ((p = pending_chain)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
506 | { |
507 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p)); | |
508 | pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p); | |
509 | } | |
510 | } | |
511 | ||
512 | static void | |
513 | init_queue () | |
514 | { | |
515 | if (pending_chain) | |
516 | abort (); | |
517 | } | |
518 | \f | |
519 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
520 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating. | |
521 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. | |
522 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
523 | ||
524 | void | |
525 | convert_move (to, from, unsignedp) | |
526 | register rtx to, from; | |
527 | int unsignedp; | |
528 | { | |
529 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
530 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
531 | int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
532 | int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
533 | enum insn_code code; | |
534 | rtx libcall; | |
535 | ||
536 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
537 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND); | |
538 | ||
539 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
540 | from = protect_from_queue (from, 0); | |
541 | ||
542 | if (to_real != from_real) | |
543 | abort (); | |
544 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
545 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
546 | the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as | |
547 | TO here. */ | |
548 | ||
549 | if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from) | |
550 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from))) | |
551 | >= GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode)) | |
552 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp) | |
553 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode; | |
554 | ||
555 | if (GET_CODE (to) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to)) | |
556 | abort (); | |
557 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
558 | if (to_mode == from_mode |
559 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
560 | { | |
561 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
562 | return; | |
563 | } | |
564 | ||
565 | if (to_real) | |
566 | { | |
81d79e2c RS |
567 | rtx value; |
568 | ||
2b01c326 | 569 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)) |
b424402e | 570 | { |
2b01c326 RK |
571 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ |
572 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, 0)) | |
573 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
574 | { | |
575 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
576 | return; | |
577 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 578 | } |
2b01c326 | 579 | |
b424402e RS |
580 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchfqf2 |
581 | if (HAVE_trunchfqf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
582 | { | |
583 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
584 | return; | |
585 | } | |
586 | #endif | |
704af6a1 JL |
587 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfqf2 |
588 | if (HAVE_trunctqfqf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
589 | { | |
590 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
591 | return; | |
592 | } | |
593 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
594 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfqf2 |
595 | if (HAVE_truncsfqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
596 | { | |
597 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
598 | return; | |
599 | } | |
600 | #endif | |
601 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfqf2 | |
602 | if (HAVE_truncdfqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
603 | { | |
604 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
605 | return; | |
606 | } | |
607 | #endif | |
608 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfqf2 | |
609 | if (HAVE_truncxfqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
610 | { | |
611 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
612 | return; | |
613 | } | |
614 | #endif | |
615 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfqf2 | |
616 | if (HAVE_trunctfqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
617 | { | |
618 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
619 | return; | |
620 | } | |
621 | #endif | |
03747aa3 RK |
622 | |
623 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfhf2 | |
624 | if (HAVE_trunctqfhf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
625 | { | |
626 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
627 | return; | |
628 | } | |
629 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
630 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfhf2 |
631 | if (HAVE_truncsfhf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
632 | { | |
633 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
634 | return; | |
635 | } | |
636 | #endif | |
637 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfhf2 | |
638 | if (HAVE_truncdfhf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
639 | { | |
640 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
641 | return; | |
642 | } | |
643 | #endif | |
644 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfhf2 | |
645 | if (HAVE_truncxfhf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
646 | { | |
647 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
648 | return; | |
649 | } | |
650 | #endif | |
651 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfhf2 | |
652 | if (HAVE_trunctfhf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
653 | { | |
654 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
655 | return; | |
656 | } | |
657 | #endif | |
2b01c326 RK |
658 | |
659 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsftqf2 | |
660 | if (HAVE_truncsftqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
661 | { | |
662 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
663 | return; | |
664 | } | |
665 | #endif | |
666 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdftqf2 | |
667 | if (HAVE_truncdftqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
668 | { | |
669 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
670 | return; | |
671 | } | |
672 | #endif | |
673 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxftqf2 | |
674 | if (HAVE_truncxftqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
675 | { | |
676 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
677 | return; | |
678 | } | |
679 | #endif | |
680 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctftqf2 | |
681 | if (HAVE_trunctftqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
682 | { | |
683 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
684 | return; | |
685 | } | |
686 | #endif | |
687 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
688 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2 |
689 | if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
690 | { | |
691 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
692 | return; | |
693 | } | |
694 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
695 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfsf2 |
696 | if (HAVE_truncxfsf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
697 | { | |
698 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
699 | return; | |
700 | } | |
701 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
702 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfsf2 |
703 | if (HAVE_trunctfsf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
704 | { | |
705 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
706 | return; | |
707 | } | |
708 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
709 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfdf2 |
710 | if (HAVE_truncxfdf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
711 | { | |
712 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
713 | return; | |
714 | } | |
715 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
716 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfdf2 |
717 | if (HAVE_trunctfdf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
718 | { | |
719 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
720 | return; | |
721 | } | |
722 | #endif | |
723 | ||
b092b471 JW |
724 | libcall = (rtx) 0; |
725 | switch (from_mode) | |
726 | { | |
727 | case SFmode: | |
728 | switch (to_mode) | |
729 | { | |
730 | case DFmode: | |
731 | libcall = extendsfdf2_libfunc; | |
732 | break; | |
733 | ||
734 | case XFmode: | |
735 | libcall = extendsfxf2_libfunc; | |
736 | break; | |
737 | ||
738 | case TFmode: | |
739 | libcall = extendsftf2_libfunc; | |
740 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
741 | |
742 | default: | |
743 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
744 | } |
745 | break; | |
746 | ||
747 | case DFmode: | |
748 | switch (to_mode) | |
749 | { | |
750 | case SFmode: | |
751 | libcall = truncdfsf2_libfunc; | |
752 | break; | |
753 | ||
754 | case XFmode: | |
755 | libcall = extenddfxf2_libfunc; | |
756 | break; | |
757 | ||
758 | case TFmode: | |
759 | libcall = extenddftf2_libfunc; | |
760 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
761 | |
762 | default: | |
763 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
764 | } |
765 | break; | |
766 | ||
767 | case XFmode: | |
768 | switch (to_mode) | |
769 | { | |
770 | case SFmode: | |
771 | libcall = truncxfsf2_libfunc; | |
772 | break; | |
773 | ||
774 | case DFmode: | |
775 | libcall = truncxfdf2_libfunc; | |
776 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
777 | |
778 | default: | |
779 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
780 | } |
781 | break; | |
782 | ||
783 | case TFmode: | |
784 | switch (to_mode) | |
785 | { | |
786 | case SFmode: | |
787 | libcall = trunctfsf2_libfunc; | |
788 | break; | |
789 | ||
790 | case DFmode: | |
791 | libcall = trunctfdf2_libfunc; | |
792 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
793 | |
794 | default: | |
795 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
796 | } |
797 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
798 | |
799 | default: | |
800 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
801 | } |
802 | ||
803 | if (libcall == (rtx) 0) | |
804 | /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
805 | abort (); |
806 | ||
81d79e2c RS |
807 | value = emit_library_call_value (libcall, NULL_RTX, 1, to_mode, |
808 | 1, from, from_mode); | |
809 | emit_move_insn (to, value); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
810 | return; |
811 | } | |
812 | ||
813 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ | |
814 | ||
815 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
816 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
817 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
818 | { | |
819 | rtx insns; | |
820 | rtx lowpart; | |
821 | rtx fill_value; | |
822 | rtx lowfrom; | |
823 | int i; | |
824 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
825 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
826 | ||
827 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
828 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
829 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
830 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
831 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
832 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
833 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
834 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
835 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
836 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
837 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
838 | return; | |
839 | } | |
840 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
841 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD | |
842 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) | |
843 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
844 | { | |
a81fee56 | 845 | if (GET_CODE (to) == REG) |
38a448ca | 846 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, to)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
847 | convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp); |
848 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, | |
849 | gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code); | |
850 | return; | |
851 | } | |
852 | ||
853 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
854 | start_sequence (); | |
855 | ||
5c5033c3 RK |
856 | /* Since we will turn this into a no conflict block, we must ensure |
857 | that the source does not overlap the target. */ | |
858 | ||
859 | if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) | |
860 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
861 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
862 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ |
863 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
864 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; | |
865 | else | |
866 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
867 | ||
868 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
869 | ||
870 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
871 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
872 | ||
873 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
874 | if (unsignedp) | |
875 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
876 | else | |
877 | { | |
878 | #ifdef HAVE_slt | |
879 | if (HAVE_slt | |
880 | && insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0] == word_mode | |
881 | && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) | |
882 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
883 | emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, |
884 | lowpart_mode, 0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
885 | fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
886 | emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value)); | |
887 | } | |
888 | else | |
889 | #endif | |
890 | { | |
891 | fill_value | |
892 | = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom, | |
893 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 894 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
895 | fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1); |
896 | } | |
897 | } | |
898 | ||
899 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
900 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
901 | { | |
902 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
903 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
904 | ||
905 | if (subword == 0) | |
906 | abort (); | |
907 | ||
908 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
909 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
910 | } | |
911 | ||
912 | insns = get_insns (); | |
913 | end_sequence (); | |
914 | ||
906c4e36 | 915 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX, |
38a448ca | 916 | gen_rtx_fmt_e (equiv_code, to_mode, copy_rtx (from))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
917 | return; |
918 | } | |
919 | ||
d3c64ee3 RS |
920 | /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */ |
921 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD | |
922 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 | 923 | { |
431a6eca JW |
924 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
925 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
926 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
927 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
928 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
929 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
930 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
931 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); |
932 | return; | |
933 | } | |
934 | ||
935 | /* Handle pointer conversion */ /* SPEE 900220 */ | |
e5e809f4 JL |
936 | if (to_mode == PQImode) |
937 | { | |
938 | if (from_mode != QImode) | |
939 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
940 | ||
941 | #ifdef HAVE_truncqipqi2 | |
942 | if (HAVE_truncqipqi2) | |
943 | { | |
944 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncqipqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
945 | return; | |
946 | } | |
947 | #endif /* HAVE_truncqipqi2 */ | |
948 | abort (); | |
949 | } | |
950 | ||
951 | if (from_mode == PQImode) | |
952 | { | |
953 | if (to_mode != QImode) | |
954 | { | |
955 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
956 | from_mode = QImode; | |
957 | } | |
958 | else | |
959 | { | |
960 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpqiqi2 | |
961 | if (HAVE_extendpqiqi2) | |
962 | { | |
963 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpqiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
964 | return; | |
965 | } | |
966 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpqiqi2 */ | |
967 | abort (); | |
968 | } | |
969 | } | |
970 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
971 | if (to_mode == PSImode) |
972 | { | |
973 | if (from_mode != SImode) | |
974 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
975 | ||
1f584163 DE |
976 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsipsi2 |
977 | if (HAVE_truncsipsi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 978 | { |
1f584163 | 979 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsipsi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
980 | return; |
981 | } | |
1f584163 | 982 | #endif /* HAVE_truncsipsi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
983 | abort (); |
984 | } | |
985 | ||
986 | if (from_mode == PSImode) | |
987 | { | |
988 | if (to_mode != SImode) | |
989 | { | |
990 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
991 | from_mode = SImode; | |
992 | } | |
993 | else | |
994 | { | |
1f584163 DE |
995 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpsisi2 |
996 | if (HAVE_extendpsisi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 997 | { |
1f584163 | 998 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpsisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
999 | return; |
1000 | } | |
1f584163 | 1001 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpsisi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1002 | abort (); |
1003 | } | |
1004 | } | |
1005 | ||
0407367d RK |
1006 | if (to_mode == PDImode) |
1007 | { | |
1008 | if (from_mode != DImode) | |
1009 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1010 | ||
1011 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdipdi2 | |
1012 | if (HAVE_truncdipdi2) | |
1013 | { | |
1014 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdipdi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1015 | return; | |
1016 | } | |
1017 | #endif /* HAVE_truncdipdi2 */ | |
1018 | abort (); | |
1019 | } | |
1020 | ||
1021 | if (from_mode == PDImode) | |
1022 | { | |
1023 | if (to_mode != DImode) | |
1024 | { | |
1025 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1026 | from_mode = DImode; | |
1027 | } | |
1028 | else | |
1029 | { | |
1030 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpdidi2 | |
1031 | if (HAVE_extendpdidi2) | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpdidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1034 | return; | |
1035 | } | |
1036 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpdidi2 */ | |
1037 | abort (); | |
1038 | } | |
1039 | } | |
1040 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1041 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers |
1042 | no more than a word long. */ | |
1043 | ||
1044 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
1045 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
1046 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), | |
d3c64ee3 | 1047 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))) |
bbf6f052 | 1048 | { |
d3c64ee3 RS |
1049 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
1050 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
1051 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
1052 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
1053 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
1054 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
1055 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
34aa3599 RK |
1056 | if (GET_CODE (from) == REG && REGNO (from) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
1057 | && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (from), to_mode)) | |
1058 | from = copy_to_reg (from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1059 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); |
1060 | return; | |
1061 | } | |
1062 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 1063 | /* Handle extension. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1064 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) |
1065 | { | |
1066 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
1067 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
1068 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1069 | { | |
1070 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); | |
1071 | return; | |
1072 | } | |
1073 | else | |
1074 | { | |
1075 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
1076 | ||
1077 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
1078 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
1079 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
930b4e39 RK |
1080 | if (((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) |
1081 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1082 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (intermediate) | |
1083 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (to_mode, intermediate))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1084 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) |
1085 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
1086 | { | |
1087 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
1088 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
1089 | return; | |
1090 | } | |
1091 | ||
1092 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. */ | |
1093 | abort (); | |
1094 | } | |
1095 | } | |
1096 | ||
1097 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ | |
1098 | ||
1099 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1100 | { | |
1101 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdisi2 | |
1102 | if (HAVE_truncdisi2) | |
1103 | { | |
1104 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1105 | return; | |
1106 | } | |
1107 | #endif | |
1108 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1109 | return; | |
1110 | } | |
1111 | ||
1112 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1113 | { | |
1114 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdihi2 | |
1115 | if (HAVE_truncdihi2) | |
1116 | { | |
1117 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1118 | return; | |
1119 | } | |
1120 | #endif | |
1121 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1122 | return; | |
1123 | } | |
1124 | ||
1125 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1126 | { | |
1127 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdiqi2 | |
1128 | if (HAVE_truncdiqi2) | |
1129 | { | |
1130 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1131 | return; | |
1132 | } | |
1133 | #endif | |
1134 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1135 | return; | |
1136 | } | |
1137 | ||
1138 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1139 | { | |
1140 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2 | |
1141 | if (HAVE_truncsihi2) | |
1142 | { | |
1143 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1144 | return; | |
1145 | } | |
1146 | #endif | |
1147 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1148 | return; | |
1149 | } | |
1150 | ||
1151 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1152 | { | |
1153 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2 | |
1154 | if (HAVE_truncsiqi2) | |
1155 | { | |
1156 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1157 | return; | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | #endif | |
1160 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1161 | return; | |
1162 | } | |
1163 | ||
1164 | if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1165 | { | |
1166 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2 | |
1167 | if (HAVE_trunchiqi2) | |
1168 | { | |
1169 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1170 | return; | |
1171 | } | |
1172 | #endif | |
1173 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1174 | return; | |
1175 | } | |
1176 | ||
b9bcad65 RK |
1177 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == DImode) |
1178 | { | |
1179 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctidi2 | |
1180 | if (HAVE_trunctidi2) | |
1181 | { | |
1182 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1183 | return; | |
1184 | } | |
1185 | #endif | |
1186 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1187 | return; | |
1188 | } | |
1189 | ||
1190 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1191 | { | |
1192 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctisi2 | |
1193 | if (HAVE_trunctisi2) | |
1194 | { | |
1195 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1196 | return; | |
1197 | } | |
1198 | #endif | |
1199 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1200 | return; | |
1201 | } | |
1202 | ||
1203 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1204 | { | |
1205 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctihi2 | |
1206 | if (HAVE_trunctihi2) | |
1207 | { | |
1208 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1209 | return; | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | #endif | |
1212 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1213 | return; | |
1214 | } | |
1215 | ||
1216 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1217 | { | |
1218 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctiqi2 | |
1219 | if (HAVE_trunctiqi2) | |
1220 | { | |
1221 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1222 | return; | |
1223 | } | |
1224 | #endif | |
1225 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1226 | return; | |
1227 | } | |
1228 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1229 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; |
1230 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
1231 | and for which there was no special instruction. */ | |
1232 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
1235 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
1236 | return; | |
1237 | } | |
1238 | ||
1239 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
1240 | abort (); | |
1241 | } | |
1242 | ||
1243 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1244 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
1245 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
1246 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1247 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
5d901c31 RS |
1248 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. |
1249 | ||
1250 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1251 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1252 | |
1253 | rtx | |
1254 | convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp) | |
1255 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1256 | rtx x; | |
1257 | int unsignedp; | |
5ffe63ed RS |
1258 | { |
1259 | return convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp); | |
1260 | } | |
1261 | ||
1262 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1263 | from converting X from mode OLDMODE to mode MODE. | |
1264 | Both modes may be floating, or both integer. | |
1265 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1266 | ||
1267 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
1268 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. | |
1269 | ||
1270 | You can give VOIDmode for OLDMODE, if you are sure X has a nonvoid mode. | |
1271 | ||
1272 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1273 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
1274 | ||
1275 | rtx | |
1276 | convert_modes (mode, oldmode, x, unsignedp) | |
1277 | enum machine_mode mode, oldmode; | |
1278 | rtx x; | |
1279 | int unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1280 | { |
1281 | register rtx temp; | |
5ffe63ed | 1282 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
1283 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
1284 | the required extension, strip it. */ | |
1285 | ||
1286 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) | |
1287 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) | |
1288 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp) | |
1289 | x = gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
bbf6f052 | 1290 | |
64791b18 RK |
1291 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
1292 | oldmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
1293 | ||
5ffe63ed | 1294 | if (mode == oldmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1295 | return x; |
1296 | ||
1297 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting | |
906c4e36 | 1298 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
1299 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
1300 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
1301 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
1302 | ||
1303 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1304 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1305 | && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
96ff8a16 ILT |
1306 | { |
1307 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1308 | ||
1309 | if (oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1310 | && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)) | |
1311 | { | |
1312 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1313 | ||
1314 | /* We need to zero extend VAL. */ | |
1315 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1316 | } | |
1317 | ||
1318 | return immed_double_const (val, (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode); | |
1319 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1320 | |
1321 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
1322 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
ba2e110c RK |
1323 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case where MODE is no |
1324 | wider than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, we must be narrowing the operand. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 1325 | |
ba2e110c RK |
1326 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT |
1327 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
bbf6f052 | 1328 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5ffe63ed | 1329 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (oldmode) == MODE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1330 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE |
5ffe63ed | 1331 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode) |
d57c66da JW |
1332 | && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) |
1333 | && direct_load[(int) mode]) | |
2bf29316 JW |
1334 | || (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
1335 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), | |
1336 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))))))))) | |
ba2e110c RK |
1337 | { |
1338 | /* ?? If we don't know OLDMODE, we have to assume here that | |
1339 | X does not need sign- or zero-extension. This may not be | |
1340 | the case, but it's the best we can do. */ | |
1341 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1342 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode)) | |
1343 | { | |
1344 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1345 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1346 | ||
1347 | /* We must sign or zero-extend in this case. Start by | |
1348 | zero-extending, then sign extend if we need to. */ | |
1349 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1350 | if (! unsignedp | |
1351 | && (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))) | |
1352 | val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width; | |
1353 | ||
1354 | return GEN_INT (val); | |
1355 | } | |
1356 | ||
1357 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
1358 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1359 | |
1360 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1361 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
1362 | return temp; | |
1363 | } | |
1364 | \f | |
1365 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes | |
1366 | from block FROM to block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). | |
1367 | The caller must pass FROM and TO | |
1368 | through protect_from_queue before calling. | |
1369 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1370 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1371 | static void |
1372 | move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align) | |
1373 | rtx to, from; | |
1374 | int len, align; | |
1375 | { | |
1376 | struct move_by_pieces data; | |
1377 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); | |
e87b4f3f | 1378 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1379 | |
1380 | data.offset = 0; | |
1381 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
1382 | data.from_addr = from_addr; | |
1383 | data.to = to; | |
1384 | data.from = from; | |
1385 | data.autinc_to | |
1386 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1387 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1388 | data.autinc_from | |
1389 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1390 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
1391 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1392 | ||
1393 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
1394 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
1395 | data.reverse | |
1396 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1397 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
1398 | data.len = len; | |
1399 | ||
e9cf6a97 JW |
1400 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); |
1401 | data.from_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from); | |
1402 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1403 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, |
1404 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1405 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1406 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
1407 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1408 | { | |
1409 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1410 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
1411 | { | |
1412 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len)); | |
1413 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1414 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
1415 | } | |
1416 | #endif | |
1417 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1418 | if (! data.autinc_from) | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1421 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1422 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
1423 | } | |
1424 | #endif | |
1425 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) | |
1426 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1427 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1428 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
1429 | { | |
1430 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
1431 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1432 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1433 | } | |
1434 | #endif | |
1435 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1436 | if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
1437 | { | |
1438 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1439 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1440 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1441 | } | |
1442 | #endif | |
1443 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) | |
1444 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1445 | } | |
1446 | ||
c7a7ac46 | 1447 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
e87b4f3f | 1448 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1449 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1450 | |
1451 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1452 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1453 | ||
1454 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1455 | { | |
1456 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1457 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1458 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1459 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1460 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1461 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1462 | mode = tmode; |
1463 | ||
1464 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1465 | break; | |
1466 | ||
1467 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1468 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1469 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1470 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1471 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); | |
1472 | ||
1473 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1474 | } | |
1475 | ||
1476 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2a8e278c | 1477 | if (data.len > 0) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1478 | abort (); |
1479 | } | |
1480 | ||
1481 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
1482 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1483 | ||
1484 | static int | |
1485 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align) | |
1486 | unsigned int l; | |
1487 | int align; | |
1488 | { | |
1489 | register int n_insns = 0; | |
e87b4f3f | 1490 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 | 1491 | |
c7a7ac46 | 1492 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
e87b4f3f | 1493 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1494 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1495 | |
1496 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1497 | { | |
1498 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1499 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1500 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1501 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1502 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1503 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1504 | mode = tmode; |
1505 | ||
1506 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1507 | break; | |
1508 | ||
1509 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1510 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1511 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1512 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1513 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1514 | ||
1515 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1516 | } | |
1517 | ||
1518 | return n_insns; | |
1519 | } | |
1520 | ||
1521 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1522 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1523 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1524 | ||
1525 | static void | |
1526 | move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
eae4b970 | 1527 | rtx (*genfun) PROTO ((rtx, ...)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1528 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1529 | struct move_by_pieces *data; | |
1530 | { | |
1531 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1532 | register rtx to1, from1; | |
1533 | ||
1534 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1535 | { | |
1536 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
1537 | ||
1538 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 1539 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
1540 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
1541 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
1542 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1543 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
effbcc6a | 1544 | |
db3cf6fb MS |
1545 | from1 |
1546 | = (data->autinc_from | |
38a448ca | 1547 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->from_addr) |
db3cf6fb MS |
1548 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->from, mode, |
1549 | plus_constant (data->from_addr, | |
1550 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1551 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from1) = data->from_struct; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1552 | |
1553 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1554 | if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0) | |
906c4e36 | 1555 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1556 | if (data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
906c4e36 | 1557 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1558 | #endif |
1559 | ||
1560 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
1561 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
1562 | if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
906c4e36 | 1563 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1564 | if (data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1565 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1566 | #endif |
1567 | ||
1568 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
1569 | ||
1570 | data->len -= size; | |
1571 | } | |
1572 | } | |
1573 | \f | |
1574 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. | |
1575 | This may be done with string-move instructions, | |
1576 | with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call. | |
1577 | ||
1578 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) | |
1579 | with mode BLKmode. | |
1580 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. | |
1581 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have, | |
e9a25f70 | 1582 | measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 1583 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1584 | Return the address of the new block, if memcpy is called and returns it, |
1585 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
1586 | ||
1587 | rtx | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1588 | emit_block_move (x, y, size, align) |
1589 | rtx x, y; | |
1590 | rtx size; | |
1591 | int align; | |
1592 | { | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1593 | rtx retval = 0; |
1594 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1595 | if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode) |
1596 | abort (); | |
1597 | ||
1598 | if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode) | |
1599 | abort (); | |
1600 | ||
1601 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1602 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
5d901c31 | 1603 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1604 | |
1605 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
1606 | abort (); | |
1607 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
1608 | abort (); | |
1609 | if (size == 0) | |
1610 | abort (); | |
1611 | ||
1612 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1613 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns (INTVAL (size), align) < MOVE_RATIO)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1614 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align); |
1615 | else | |
1616 | { | |
1617 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
1618 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1619 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
266007a7 | 1620 | |
0bba3f6f | 1621 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
266007a7 RK |
1622 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1623 | ||
1624 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
1625 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
bbf6f052 | 1626 | { |
266007a7 | 1627 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
266007a7 RK |
1628 | |
1629 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
803090c4 RK |
1630 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT |
1631 | here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is | |
8008b228 | 1632 | returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the |
803090c4 | 1633 | actual mode mask. */ |
8ca00751 RK |
1634 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
1635 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
e5e809f4 | 1636 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) |
8ca00751 | 1637 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) |
0bba3f6f RK |
1638 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 |
1639 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (x, BLKmode)) | |
1640 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] == 0 | |
1641 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (y, BLKmode)) | |
1642 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3] == 0 | |
1643 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3]) (opalign, | |
1644 | VOIDmode))) | |
bbf6f052 | 1645 | { |
1ba1e2a8 | 1646 | rtx op2; |
266007a7 RK |
1647 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); |
1648 | rtx pat; | |
1649 | ||
1ba1e2a8 | 1650 | op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); |
0bba3f6f RK |
1651 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] != 0 |
1652 | && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (op2, mode)) | |
266007a7 RK |
1653 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); |
1654 | ||
1655 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign); | |
1656 | if (pat) | |
1657 | { | |
1658 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 1659 | return 0; |
266007a7 RK |
1660 | } |
1661 | else | |
1662 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1663 | } |
1664 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1665 | |
1666 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1667 | retval |
1668 | = emit_library_call_value (memcpy_libfunc, NULL_RTX, 0, | |
1669 | ptr_mode, 3, XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, | |
1670 | XEXP (y, 0), Pmode, | |
1671 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size, | |
1672 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
1673 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 1674 | #else |
d562e42e | 1675 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
1676 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (y, 0), Pmode, |
1677 | XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, | |
3b6f75e2 JW |
1678 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, |
1679 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
1680 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1681 | #endif |
1682 | } | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1683 | |
1684 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1685 | } |
1686 | \f | |
1687 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
1688 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1689 | ||
1690 | void | |
1691 | move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs, mode) | |
1692 | int regno; | |
1693 | rtx x; | |
1694 | int nregs; | |
1695 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1696 | { | |
1697 | int i; | |
381127e8 RL |
1698 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple |
1699 | rtx pat; | |
1700 | rtx last; | |
1701 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 1702 | |
72bb9717 RK |
1703 | if (nregs == 0) |
1704 | return; | |
1705 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1706 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) |
1707 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
1708 | ||
1709 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
1710 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1711 | if (HAVE_load_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1712 | { |
c3a02afe | 1713 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1714 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), x, |
c3a02afe RK |
1715 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1716 | if (pat) | |
1717 | { | |
1718 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1719 | return; | |
1720 | } | |
1721 | else | |
1722 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1723 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1724 | #endif |
1725 | ||
1726 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1727 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i), |
bbf6f052 RK |
1728 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); |
1729 | } | |
1730 | ||
1731 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
0040593d JW |
1732 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. SIZE indicates the number |
1733 | of bytes in the object X. */ | |
1734 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1735 | |
1736 | void | |
0040593d | 1737 | move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs, size) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1738 | int regno; |
1739 | rtx x; | |
1740 | int nregs; | |
0040593d | 1741 | int size; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1742 | { |
1743 | int i; | |
381127e8 RL |
1744 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple |
1745 | rtx pat; | |
1746 | rtx last; | |
1747 | #endif | |
58a32c5c | 1748 | enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 | 1749 | |
58a32c5c DE |
1750 | /* If SIZE is that of a mode no bigger than a word, just use that |
1751 | mode's store operation. */ | |
1752 | if (size <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1753 | && (mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode) | |
1754 | { | |
1755 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, mode, NULL), | |
38a448ca | 1756 | gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno)); |
58a32c5c DE |
1757 | return; |
1758 | } | |
1759 | ||
0040593d | 1760 | /* Blocks smaller than a word on a BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN machine must be aligned |
58a32c5c DE |
1761 | to the left before storing to memory. Note that the previous test |
1762 | doesn't handle all cases (e.g. SIZE == 3). */ | |
0040593d JW |
1763 | if (size < UNITS_PER_WORD && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
1764 | { | |
1765 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, 0, 1, BLKmode); | |
1766 | rtx shift; | |
1767 | ||
1768 | if (tem == 0) | |
1769 | abort (); | |
1770 | ||
1771 | shift = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, word_mode, | |
38a448ca | 1772 | gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
0040593d JW |
1773 | build_int_2 ((UNITS_PER_WORD - size) |
1774 | * BITS_PER_UNIT, 0), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
1775 | emit_move_insn (tem, shift); | |
1776 | return; | |
1777 | } | |
1778 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1779 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ |
1780 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1781 | if (HAVE_store_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1782 | { |
c3a02afe | 1783 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1784 | pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
c3a02afe RK |
1785 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1786 | if (pat) | |
1787 | { | |
1788 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1789 | return; | |
1790 | } | |
1791 | else | |
1792 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1793 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1794 | #endif |
1795 | ||
1796 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1797 | { | |
1798 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
1799 | ||
1800 | if (tem == 0) | |
1801 | abort (); | |
1802 | ||
38a448ca | 1803 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1804 | } |
1805 | } | |
1806 | ||
fffa9c1d JW |
1807 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X, where X is non-consecutive |
1808 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. */ | |
1809 | ||
1810 | void | |
1811 | emit_group_load (x, y) | |
1812 | rtx x, y; | |
1813 | { | |
1814 | rtx target_reg, source; | |
1815 | int i; | |
1816 | ||
1817 | if (GET_CODE (x) != PARALLEL) | |
1818 | abort (); | |
1819 | ||
1820 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1821 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
1822 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (x, 0, 0), 0)) | |
1823 | i = 0; | |
1824 | else | |
1825 | i = 1; | |
1826 | ||
1827 | for (; i < XVECLEN (x, 0); i++) | |
1828 | { | |
1829 | rtx element = XVECEXP (x, 0, i); | |
1830 | ||
1831 | target_reg = XEXP (element, 0); | |
1832 | ||
1833 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM) | |
1834 | source = change_address (y, GET_MODE (target_reg), | |
1835 | plus_constant (XEXP (y, 0), | |
1836 | INTVAL (XEXP (element, 1)))); | |
1837 | else if (XEXP (element, 1) == const0_rtx) | |
1838 | { | |
1839 | if (GET_MODE (target_reg) == GET_MODE (y)) | |
1840 | source = y; | |
eaa9b4d9 MM |
1841 | /* Allow for the target_reg to be smaller than the input register |
1842 | to allow for AIX with 4 DF arguments after a single SI arg. The | |
1843 | last DF argument will only load 1 word into the integer registers, | |
1844 | but load a DF value into the float registers. */ | |
aff4d29b JW |
1845 | else if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target_reg)) |
1846 | <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y))) | |
1847 | && GET_MODE (target_reg) == word_mode) | |
1848 | /* This might be a const_double, so we can't just use SUBREG. */ | |
1849 | source = operand_subword (y, 0, 0, VOIDmode); | |
d7d775a0 JW |
1850 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target_reg)) |
1851 | == GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y))) | |
1852 | source = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (target_reg), y); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1853 | else |
1854 | abort (); | |
1855 | } | |
1856 | else | |
1857 | abort (); | |
1858 | ||
1859 | emit_move_insn (target_reg, source); | |
1860 | } | |
1861 | } | |
1862 | ||
1863 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X, where Y is non-consecutive | |
1864 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. */ | |
1865 | ||
1866 | void | |
1867 | emit_group_store (x, y) | |
1868 | rtx x, y; | |
1869 | { | |
1870 | rtx source_reg, target; | |
1871 | int i; | |
1872 | ||
1873 | if (GET_CODE (y) != PARALLEL) | |
1874 | abort (); | |
1875 | ||
1876 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1877 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
1878 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (y, 0, 0), 0)) | |
1879 | i = 0; | |
1880 | else | |
1881 | i = 1; | |
1882 | ||
1883 | for (; i < XVECLEN (y, 0); i++) | |
1884 | { | |
1885 | rtx element = XVECEXP (y, 0, i); | |
1886 | ||
1887 | source_reg = XEXP (element, 0); | |
1888 | ||
1889 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
1890 | target = change_address (x, GET_MODE (source_reg), | |
1891 | plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), | |
1892 | INTVAL (XEXP (element, 1)))); | |
1893 | else if (XEXP (element, 1) == const0_rtx) | |
71bc0330 JW |
1894 | { |
1895 | target = x; | |
1896 | if (GET_MODE (target) != GET_MODE (source_reg)) | |
1897 | target = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (source_reg), target); | |
1898 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1899 | else |
1900 | abort (); | |
1901 | ||
1902 | emit_move_insn (target, source_reg); | |
1903 | } | |
1904 | } | |
1905 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
1906 | /* Add a USE expression for REG to the (possibly empty) list pointed |
1907 | to by CALL_FUSAGE. REG must denote a hard register. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1908 | |
1909 | void | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1910 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg) |
1911 | rtx *call_fusage, reg; | |
1912 | { | |
0304dfbb DE |
1913 | if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG |
1914 | || REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1915 | abort(); |
1916 | ||
1917 | *call_fusage | |
38a448ca RH |
1918 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
1919 | gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), *call_fusage); | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1920 | } |
1921 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
1922 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each of NREGS consecutive regs, |
1923 | starting at REGNO. All of these registers must be hard registers. */ | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
1924 | |
1925 | void | |
0304dfbb DE |
1926 | use_regs (call_fusage, regno, nregs) |
1927 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1928 | int regno; |
1929 | int nregs; | |
1930 | { | |
0304dfbb | 1931 | int i; |
bbf6f052 | 1932 | |
0304dfbb DE |
1933 | if (regno + nregs > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
1934 | abort (); | |
1935 | ||
1936 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1937 | use_reg (call_fusage, gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[regno + i], regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 | 1938 | } |
fffa9c1d JW |
1939 | |
1940 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each REG contained in the | |
1941 | PARALLEL REGS. This is for calls that pass values in multiple | |
1942 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
1943 | ||
1944 | void | |
1945 | use_group_regs (call_fusage, regs) | |
1946 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
1947 | rtx regs; | |
1948 | { | |
1949 | int i; | |
1950 | ||
6bd35f86 DE |
1951 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); i++) |
1952 | { | |
1953 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i), 0); | |
fffa9c1d | 1954 | |
6bd35f86 DE |
1955 | /* A NULL entry means the parameter goes both on the stack and in |
1956 | registers. This can also be a MEM for targets that pass values | |
1957 | partially on the stack and partially in registers. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 1958 | if (reg != 0 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG) |
6bd35f86 DE |
1959 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg); |
1960 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 1961 | } |
bbf6f052 | 1962 | \f |
9de08200 RK |
1963 | /* Generate several move instructions to clear LEN bytes of block TO. |
1964 | (A MEM rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through | |
1965 | protect_from_queue before calling. ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment | |
1966 | we can assume. */ | |
1967 | ||
1968 | static void | |
1969 | clear_by_pieces (to, len, align) | |
1970 | rtx to; | |
1971 | int len, align; | |
1972 | { | |
1973 | struct clear_by_pieces data; | |
1974 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0); | |
1975 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; | |
1976 | ||
1977 | data.offset = 0; | |
1978 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
1979 | data.to = to; | |
1980 | data.autinc_to | |
1981 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1982 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1983 | ||
1984 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
1985 | data.reverse | |
1986 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1987 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
1988 | data.len = len; | |
1989 | ||
1990 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); | |
1991 | ||
1992 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
1993 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1994 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1995 | if (!data.autinc_to | |
1996 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1997 | { | |
1998 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
1999 | if (data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
2000 | { | |
2001 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
2002 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
2003 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
2004 | } | |
2005 | #endif | |
2006 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
2007 | if (! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
2008 | { | |
2009 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
2010 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
2011 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
2012 | } | |
2013 | #endif | |
2014 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) | |
2015 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
2016 | } | |
2017 | ||
2018 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
2019 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
2020 | align = MOVE_MAX; | |
2021 | ||
2022 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
2023 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
2024 | ||
2025 | while (max_size > 1) | |
2026 | { | |
2027 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
2028 | enum insn_code icode; | |
2029 | ||
2030 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2031 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2032 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2033 | mode = tmode; | |
2034 | ||
2035 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2036 | break; | |
2037 | ||
2038 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
2039 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2040 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2041 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
2042 | clear_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); | |
2043 | ||
2044 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2045 | } | |
2046 | ||
2047 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2048 | if (data.len != 0) | |
2049 | abort (); | |
2050 | } | |
2051 | ||
2052 | /* Subroutine of clear_by_pieces. Clear as many bytes as appropriate | |
2053 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
2054 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
2055 | ||
2056 | static void | |
2057 | clear_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
eae4b970 | 2058 | rtx (*genfun) PROTO ((rtx, ...)); |
9de08200 RK |
2059 | enum machine_mode mode; |
2060 | struct clear_by_pieces *data; | |
2061 | { | |
2062 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2063 | register rtx to1; | |
2064 | ||
2065 | while (data->len >= size) | |
2066 | { | |
2067 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
2068 | ||
2069 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 2070 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
2071 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
2072 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
2073 | data->offset)))); | |
9de08200 RK |
2074 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
2075 | ||
2076 | #ifdef HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
2077 | if (data->explicit_inc_to < 0) | |
2078 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); | |
2079 | #endif | |
2080 | ||
2081 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, const0_rtx)); | |
2082 | #ifdef HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
2083 | if (data->explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
2084 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); | |
2085 | #endif | |
2086 | ||
2087 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
2088 | ||
2089 | data->len -= size; | |
2090 | } | |
2091 | } | |
2092 | \f | |
bbf6f052 | 2093 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. |
9de08200 | 2094 | If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes and ALIGN is |
e9a25f70 | 2095 | the maximum alignment we can is has, measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 2096 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2097 | If we call a function that returns the length of the block, return it. */ |
2098 | ||
2099 | rtx | |
9de08200 | 2100 | clear_storage (object, size, align) |
bbf6f052 | 2101 | rtx object; |
4c08eef0 | 2102 | rtx size; |
9de08200 | 2103 | int align; |
bbf6f052 | 2104 | { |
e9a25f70 JL |
2105 | rtx retval = 0; |
2106 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2107 | if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode) |
2108 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2109 | object = protect_from_queue (object, 1); |
2110 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); | |
2111 | ||
2112 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2113 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns (INTVAL (size), align) < MOVE_RATIO)) | |
2114 | clear_by_pieces (object, INTVAL (size), align); | |
2115 | ||
2116 | else | |
2117 | { | |
2118 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2119 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2120 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2121 | ||
2122 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); | |
2123 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2124 | ||
2125 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
2126 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2127 | { | |
2128 | enum insn_code code = clrstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
2129 | ||
2130 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2131 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than | |
2132 | BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT here because if SIZE is less than | |
2133 | the mode mask, as it is returned by the macro, it will | |
2134 | definitely be less than the actual mode mask. */ | |
2135 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2136 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
e5e809f4 | 2137 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) |
9de08200 RK |
2138 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) |
2139 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 | |
2140 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (object, | |
2141 | BLKmode)) | |
2142 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] == 0 | |
2143 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (opalign, | |
2144 | VOIDmode))) | |
2145 | { | |
2146 | rtx op1; | |
2147 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
2148 | rtx pat; | |
2149 | ||
2150 | op1 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
2151 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] != 0 | |
2152 | && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (op1, | |
2153 | mode)) | |
2154 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op1); | |
2155 | ||
2156 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (object, op1, opalign); | |
2157 | if (pat) | |
2158 | { | |
2159 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 2160 | return 0; |
9de08200 RK |
2161 | } |
2162 | else | |
2163 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
2164 | } | |
2165 | } | |
2166 | ||
2167 | ||
bbf6f052 | 2168 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
e9a25f70 JL |
2169 | retval |
2170 | = emit_library_call_value (memset_libfunc, NULL_RTX, 0, | |
2171 | ptr_mode, 3, | |
2172 | XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, | |
2173 | const0_rtx, | |
2174 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), | |
2175 | convert_to_mode | |
2176 | (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size, | |
2177 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
2178 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 2179 | #else |
9de08200 RK |
2180 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, |
2181 | VOIDmode, 2, | |
2182 | XEXP (object, 0), Pmode, | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2183 | convert_to_mode |
2184 | (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, | |
2185 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
9de08200 | 2186 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); |
bbf6f052 | 2187 | #endif |
9de08200 | 2188 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2189 | } |
2190 | else | |
66ed0683 | 2191 | emit_move_insn (object, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (object))); |
e9a25f70 JL |
2192 | |
2193 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2194 | } |
2195 | ||
2196 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. | |
2197 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
2198 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
2199 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
2200 | ||
2201 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ | |
2202 | ||
2203 | rtx | |
2204 | emit_move_insn (x, y) | |
2205 | rtx x, y; | |
2206 | { | |
2207 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2208 | |
2209 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
2210 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
2211 | ||
2212 | if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode)) | |
2213 | abort (); | |
2214 | ||
2215 | if (CONSTANT_P (y) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
2216 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
2217 | ||
2218 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid | |
2219 | for the machine. */ | |
2220 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
2221 | && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)) | |
2222 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2223 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2224 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0))))) | |
2225 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
2226 | ||
2227 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM | |
2228 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0)) | |
2229 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2230 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0))))) | |
2231 | y = change_address (y, VOIDmode, XEXP (y, 0)); | |
2232 | ||
2233 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2234 | abort (); | |
2235 | ||
261c4230 RS |
2236 | return emit_move_insn_1 (x, y); |
2237 | } | |
2238 | ||
2239 | /* Low level part of emit_move_insn. | |
2240 | Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y | |
2241 | are basically valid. */ | |
2242 | ||
2243 | rtx | |
2244 | emit_move_insn_1 (x, y) | |
2245 | rtx x, y; | |
2246 | { | |
2247 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
2248 | enum machine_mode submode; | |
2249 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
2250 | int i; | |
2251 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2252 | if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
2253 | return | |
2254 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y)); | |
2255 | ||
89742723 | 2256 | /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part, if possible. */ |
7308a047 | 2257 | else if ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) |
d0c76654 RK |
2258 | && BLKmode != (submode = mode_for_size ((GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) |
2259 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
2260 | (class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
2261 | ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT), | |
2262 | 0)) | |
7308a047 RS |
2263 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code |
2264 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
2265 | { | |
2266 | /* Don't split destination if it is a stack push. */ | |
2267 | int stack = push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)); | |
7308a047 | 2268 | |
7308a047 RS |
2269 | /* If this is a stack, push the highpart first, so it |
2270 | will be in the argument order. | |
2271 | ||
2272 | In that case, change_address is used only to convert | |
2273 | the mode, not to change the address. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2274 | if (stack) |
2275 | { | |
e33c0d66 RS |
2276 | /* Note that the real part always precedes the imag part in memory |
2277 | regardless of machine's endianness. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2278 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
2279 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2280 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2281 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2282 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2283 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2284 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2285 | #else |
2286 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2287 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2288 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2289 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2290 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2291 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2292 | #endif |
2293 | } | |
2294 | else | |
2295 | { | |
2296 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
976ff203 | 2297 | (gen_realpart (submode, x), gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2298 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
976ff203 | 2299 | (gen_imagpart (submode, x), gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2300 | } |
7308a047 | 2301 | |
7a1ab50a | 2302 | return get_last_insn (); |
7308a047 RS |
2303 | } |
2304 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2305 | /* This will handle any multi-word mode that lacks a move_insn pattern. |
2306 | However, you will get better code if you define such patterns, | |
2307 | even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ | |
a4320483 | 2308 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2309 | { |
2310 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
6551fa4d | 2311 | |
a98c9f1a RK |
2312 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
2313 | ||
2314 | /* If X is a push on the stack, do the push now and replace | |
2315 | X with a reference to the stack pointer. */ | |
2316 | if (push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2317 | { | |
2318 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))); | |
2319 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
2320 | } | |
2321 | #endif | |
2322 | ||
15a7a8ec | 2323 | /* Show the output dies here. */ |
43e046cb | 2324 | if (x != y) |
38a448ca | 2325 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
15a7a8ec | 2326 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2327 | for (i = 0; |
2328 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2329 | i++) | |
2330 | { | |
2331 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
2332 | rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2333 | ||
2334 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
2335 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still | |
2336 | can't get a part of Y, abort. */ | |
2337 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
2338 | { | |
2339 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
2340 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2341 | } | |
2342 | else if (ypart == 0) | |
2343 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
2344 | ||
2345 | if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0) | |
2346 | abort (); | |
2347 | ||
2348 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); | |
2349 | } | |
6551fa4d | 2350 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2351 | return last_insn; |
2352 | } | |
2353 | else | |
2354 | abort (); | |
2355 | } | |
2356 | \f | |
2357 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
2358 | ||
2359 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
2360 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
2361 | Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED. | |
2362 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. | |
2363 | ||
2364 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
2365 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
2366 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
2367 | ||
2368 | rtx | |
2369 | push_block (size, extra, below) | |
2370 | rtx size; | |
2371 | int extra, below; | |
2372 | { | |
2373 | register rtx temp; | |
88f63c77 RK |
2374 | |
2375 | size = convert_modes (Pmode, ptr_mode, size, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2376 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) |
2377 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra)); | |
2378 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0) | |
2379 | anti_adjust_stack (size); | |
2380 | else | |
2381 | { | |
2382 | rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); | |
2383 | if (extra != 0) | |
906c4e36 | 2384 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
2385 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
2386 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
2387 | } | |
2388 | ||
2389 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2390 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; | |
2391 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
2392 | temp = plus_constant (temp, extra); | |
2393 | #else | |
2394 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
2395 | temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
2396 | - INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); | |
2397 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) | |
38a448ca | 2398 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2399 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra))); |
2400 | else | |
38a448ca | 2401 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2402 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); |
2403 | #endif | |
2404 | ||
2405 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
2406 | } | |
2407 | ||
87e38d84 | 2408 | rtx |
bbf6f052 RK |
2409 | gen_push_operand () |
2410 | { | |
38a448ca | 2411 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2412 | } |
2413 | ||
921b3427 RK |
2414 | /* Return an rtx for the address of the beginning of a as-if-it-was-pushed |
2415 | block of SIZE bytes. */ | |
2416 | ||
2417 | static rtx | |
2418 | get_push_address (size) | |
2419 | int size; | |
2420 | { | |
2421 | register rtx temp; | |
2422 | ||
2423 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
38a448ca | 2424 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 | 2425 | else if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC) |
38a448ca | 2426 | temp = gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 RK |
2427 | else |
2428 | temp = stack_pointer_rtx; | |
2429 | ||
c85f7c16 | 2430 | return copy_to_reg (temp); |
921b3427 RK |
2431 | } |
2432 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2433 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and |
2434 | type TYPE. | |
2435 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
2436 | carry mode info). | |
2437 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
2438 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
2439 | ||
2440 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. | |
2441 | ||
cd048831 RK |
2442 | If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first |
2443 | words of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2444 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words, |
2445 | rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY. | |
2446 | REG must be a hard register in this case. | |
cd048831 RK |
2447 | If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an |
2448 | argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any | |
2449 | registers. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2450 | |
2451 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 2452 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
2453 | |
2454 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
2455 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
2456 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
2457 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
2458 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
2459 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. |
2460 | ||
2461 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is nonzero if functions require stack space | |
2462 | for arguments passed in registers. If nonzero, it will be the number | |
2463 | of bytes required. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2464 | |
2465 | void | |
2466 | emit_push_insn (x, mode, type, size, align, partial, reg, extra, | |
e5e809f4 | 2467 | args_addr, args_so_far, reg_parm_stack_space) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2468 | register rtx x; |
2469 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2470 | tree type; | |
2471 | rtx size; | |
2472 | int align; | |
2473 | int partial; | |
2474 | rtx reg; | |
2475 | int extra; | |
2476 | rtx args_addr; | |
2477 | rtx args_so_far; | |
e5e809f4 | 2478 | int reg_parm_stack_space; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2479 | { |
2480 | rtx xinner; | |
2481 | enum direction stack_direction | |
2482 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2483 | = downward; | |
2484 | #else | |
2485 | = upward; | |
2486 | #endif | |
2487 | ||
2488 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
2489 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
2490 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
2491 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
2492 | ||
2493 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-update. */ | |
2494 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC || STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
2495 | if (where_pad != none) | |
2496 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
2497 | ||
2498 | xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0); | |
2499 | ||
2500 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2501 | { | |
2502 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
2503 | ||
2504 | register rtx temp; | |
2505 | int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2506 | int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2507 | int skip; | |
2508 | ||
2509 | if (size == 0) | |
2510 | abort (); | |
2511 | ||
2512 | used -= offset; | |
2513 | ||
2514 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack | |
2515 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
2516 | ||
2517 | if (partial != 0) | |
2518 | xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode, | |
2519 | plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used)); | |
2520 | ||
2521 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
2522 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
2523 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
2524 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 2525 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : used; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2526 | |
2527 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
2528 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
2529 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
2530 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
2531 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
2532 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2533 | && skip == 0 | |
2534 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align) | |
2535 | < MOVE_RATIO) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2536 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
2537 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
2538 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
c7a7ac46 | 2539 | && ((! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS) |
e87b4f3f | 2540 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT |
bbf6f052 | 2541 | || PUSH_ROUNDING (align) == align) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2542 | && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
2543 | { | |
2544 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2545 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2546 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2547 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2548 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2549 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 | 2550 | |
38a448ca | 2551 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner, |
bbf6f052 | 2552 | INTVAL (size) - used, align); |
921b3427 | 2553 | |
956d6950 | 2554 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
2555 | { |
2556 | rtx temp; | |
2557 | ||
956d6950 | 2558 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 2559 | temp = get_push_address (INTVAL(size) - used); |
c85f7c16 | 2560 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 RK |
2561 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
2562 | temp, ptr_mode, | |
2563 | XEXP (xinner, 0), ptr_mode, | |
2564 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), | |
2565 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
2566 | else | |
2567 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2568 | temp, ptr_mode, | |
2569 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), | |
2570 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2571 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
2572 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
2573 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 2574 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2575 | } |
2576 | else | |
2577 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ | |
2578 | { | |
2579 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data | |
2580 | to the address of that space. */ | |
2581 | ||
2582 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
2583 | if (partial != 0) | |
2584 | { | |
2585 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
906c4e36 | 2586 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2587 | else |
2588 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
2589 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
2590 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2591 | } |
2592 | ||
2593 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
2594 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
2595 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
2596 | if (! args_addr) | |
2597 | { | |
2598 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
2599 | extra = 0; | |
2600 | } | |
2601 | else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
2602 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
2603 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
2604 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
2605 | else | |
2606 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
2607 | plus_constant (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, |
2608 | args_addr, | |
2609 | args_so_far), | |
bbf6f052 | 2610 | skip)); |
956d6950 | 2611 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
2612 | { |
2613 | rtx target; | |
2614 | ||
956d6950 | 2615 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 2616 | target = copy_to_reg (temp); |
c85f7c16 | 2617 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 RK |
2618 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
2619 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2620 | XEXP (xinner, 0), ptr_mode, | |
2621 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
2622 | else | |
2623 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2624 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2625 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2626 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
2627 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
2628 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 2629 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2630 | |
2631 | /* TEMP is the address of the block. Copy the data there. */ | |
2632 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2633 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align) | |
2634 | < MOVE_RATIO)) | |
2635 | { | |
38a448ca | 2636 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), xinner, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2637 | INTVAL (size), align); |
2638 | goto ret; | |
2639 | } | |
e5e809f4 | 2640 | else |
bbf6f052 | 2641 | { |
e5e809f4 JL |
2642 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
2643 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2644 | rtx target = gen_rtx (MEM, BLKmode, temp); | |
2645 | ||
2646 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2647 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
2648 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
c841050e | 2649 | { |
e5e809f4 JL |
2650 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
2651 | ||
2652 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2653 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2654 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
2655 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
2656 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
2657 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 | |
2658 | || ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) | |
2659 | (target, BLKmode))) | |
2660 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] == 0 | |
2661 | || ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) | |
2662 | (xinner, BLKmode))) | |
2663 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3] == 0 | |
2664 | || ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3]) | |
2665 | (opalign, VOIDmode)))) | |
2666 | { | |
2667 | rtx op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
2668 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
2669 | rtx pat; | |
2670 | ||
2671 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] != 0 | |
2672 | && ! ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) | |
2673 | (op2, mode))) | |
2674 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); | |
2675 | ||
2676 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (target, xinner, | |
2677 | op2, opalign); | |
2678 | if (pat) | |
2679 | { | |
2680 | emit_insn (pat); | |
2681 | goto ret; | |
2682 | } | |
2683 | else | |
2684 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
2685 | } | |
c841050e | 2686 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2687 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2688 | |
2689 | #ifndef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
2690 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
2691 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
2692 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
2693 | ||
2694 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
2695 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
2696 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
2697 | #endif | |
2698 | ||
2699 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
2700 | to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away. */ | |
2701 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
2702 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 2703 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 2704 | VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, |
0fa83258 RK |
2705 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
2706 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 2707 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 2708 | #else |
d562e42e | 2709 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 2710 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
2711 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
2712 | size, | |
2713 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
2714 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2715 | #endif |
2716 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
2717 | } | |
2718 | } | |
2719 | else if (partial > 0) | |
2720 | { | |
2721 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
2722 | ||
2723 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2724 | int i; | |
2725 | int not_stack; | |
2726 | /* # words of start of argument | |
2727 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ | |
2728 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD); | |
2729 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); | |
2730 | int skip; | |
2731 | ||
2732 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2733 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2734 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2735 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2736 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2737 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2738 | |
2739 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
2740 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
2741 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
2742 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
2743 | offset = 0; | |
2744 | ||
2745 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
2746 | allocate on the stack. */ | |
2747 | not_stack = partial - offset; | |
2748 | ||
2749 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
2750 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
2751 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
2752 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 2753 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : not_stack; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2754 | |
2755 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
2756 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
2757 | ||
2758 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
2759 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
2760 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2761 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) | |
2762 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
2763 | ||
2764 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
2765 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
2766 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
2767 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
2768 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
2769 | #else | |
2770 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
2771 | #endif | |
2772 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
2773 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
2774 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
2775 | 0, args_addr, | |
2776 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
e5e809f4 JL |
2777 | * UNITS_PER_WORD)), |
2778 | reg_parm_stack_space); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2779 | } |
2780 | else | |
2781 | { | |
2782 | rtx addr; | |
921b3427 | 2783 | rtx target = NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2784 | |
2785 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2786 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2787 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2788 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2789 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2790 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2791 | |
2792 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
2793 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
2794 | addr = gen_push_operand (); | |
2795 | else | |
2796 | #endif | |
921b3427 RK |
2797 | { |
2798 | if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
2799 | addr | |
2800 | = memory_address (mode, | |
2801 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
2802 | INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
2803 | else | |
38a448ca RH |
2804 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, args_addr, |
2805 | args_so_far)); | |
921b3427 RK |
2806 | target = addr; |
2807 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 2808 | |
38a448ca | 2809 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr), x); |
921b3427 | 2810 | |
956d6950 | 2811 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 2812 | { |
956d6950 | 2813 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 RK |
2814 | if (target == 0) |
2815 | target = get_push_address (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); | |
2816 | ||
c85f7c16 | 2817 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 RK |
2818 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
2819 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2820 | XEXP (x, 0), ptr_mode, | |
2821 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), | |
2822 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
2823 | else | |
2824 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2825 | target, ptr_mode, | |
2826 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), | |
2827 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2828 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
2829 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
2830 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 2831 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2832 | } |
2833 | ||
2834 | ret: | |
2835 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part | |
2836 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
2837 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
cd048831 | 2838 | if (partial > 0 && reg != 0) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2839 | { |
2840 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous locations. | |
2841 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2842 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) | |
2843 | emit_group_load (reg, x); | |
2844 | else | |
2845 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode); | |
2846 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2847 | |
2848 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2849 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2850 | } |
2851 | \f | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2852 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. |
2853 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO. | |
709f5be1 RS |
2854 | (This may contain a QUEUED rtx; |
2855 | if the value is constant, this rtx is a constant.) | |
2856 | Otherwise, the returned value is NULL_RTX. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2857 | |
2858 | SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used. | |
2859 | It used to mean, copy the value through a register | |
2860 | and return that register, if that is possible. | |
709f5be1 | 2861 | We now use WANT_VALUE to decide whether to do this. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
2862 | |
2863 | rtx | |
2864 | expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg) | |
2865 | tree to, from; | |
2866 | int want_value; | |
2867 | int suggest_reg; | |
2868 | { | |
2869 | register rtx to_rtx = 0; | |
2870 | rtx result; | |
2871 | ||
2872 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
2873 | ||
2874 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) | |
709f5be1 RS |
2875 | { |
2876 | result = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
2877 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; | |
2878 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2879 | |
2880 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment | |
2881 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
6be58303 JW |
2882 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index, and assignment of |
2883 | an array element in an unaligned packed structure field, has the same | |
2884 | problem. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 2885 | |
08293add RK |
2886 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF |
2887 | || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2888 | { |
2889 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
2890 | int bitsize; | |
2891 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 2892 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2893 | int unsignedp; |
2894 | int volatilep = 0; | |
0088fcb1 | 2895 | tree tem; |
d78d243c | 2896 | int alignment; |
0088fcb1 RK |
2897 | |
2898 | push_temp_slots (); | |
839c4796 RK |
2899 | tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1, |
2900 | &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2901 | |
2902 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, | |
2903 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
2904 | ||
2905 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value) | |
2906 | tem = stabilize_reference (tem); | |
2907 | ||
921b3427 | 2908 | to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); |
7bb0943f RS |
2909 | if (offset != 0) |
2910 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2911 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
2912 | |
2913 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
2914 | abort (); | |
2915 | to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
2916 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
2917 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f | 2918 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2919 | if (volatilep) |
2920 | { | |
2921 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
01188446 JW |
2922 | { |
2923 | /* When the offset is zero, to_rtx is the address of the | |
2924 | structure we are storing into, and hence may be shared. | |
2925 | We must make a new MEM before setting the volatile bit. */ | |
2926 | if (offset == 0) | |
effbcc6a RK |
2927 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
2928 | ||
01188446 JW |
2929 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
2930 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2931 | #if 0 /* This was turned off because, when a field is volatile |
2932 | in an object which is not volatile, the object may be in a register, | |
2933 | and then we would abort over here. */ | |
2934 | else | |
2935 | abort (); | |
2936 | #endif | |
2937 | } | |
2938 | ||
956d6950 JL |
2939 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF |
2940 | && TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1))) | |
2941 | { | |
8bd6ecc2 | 2942 | if (offset == 0) |
956d6950 JL |
2943 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
2944 | ||
2945 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
2946 | } | |
2947 | ||
921b3427 RK |
2948 | /* Check the access. */ |
2949 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
2950 | { | |
2951 | rtx to_addr; | |
2952 | int size; | |
2953 | int best_mode_size; | |
2954 | enum machine_mode best_mode; | |
2955 | ||
2956 | best_mode = get_best_mode (bitsize, bitpos, | |
2957 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)), | |
2958 | mode1, volatilep); | |
2959 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) | |
2960 | best_mode = QImode; | |
2961 | ||
2962 | best_mode_size = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (best_mode); | |
2963 | to_addr = plus_constant (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2964 | size = CEIL ((bitpos % best_mode_size) + bitsize, best_mode_size); | |
2965 | size *= GET_MODE_SIZE (best_mode); | |
2966 | ||
2967 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2968 | if (size) |
2969 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
2970 | to_addr, ptr_mode, | |
2971 | GEN_INT (size), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2972 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
2973 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
2974 | } |
2975 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2976 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from, |
2977 | (want_value | |
2978 | /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy. */ | |
2979 | ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) | |
2980 | : VOIDmode), | |
2981 | unsignedp, | |
2982 | /* Required alignment of containing datum. */ | |
d78d243c | 2983 | alignment, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2984 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
2985 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
2986 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 2987 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 | 2988 | |
709f5be1 RS |
2989 | /* If the value is meaningful, convert RESULT to the proper mode. |
2990 | Otherwise, return nothing. */ | |
5ffe63ed RS |
2991 | return (want_value ? convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)), |
2992 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)), | |
2993 | result, | |
2994 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
709f5be1 | 2995 | : NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2996 | } |
2997 | ||
cd1db108 RS |
2998 | /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate, |
2999 | call the function before we start to compute the lhs. | |
3000 | This is needed for correct code for cases such as | |
3001 | val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val | |
1ad87b63 RK |
3002 | requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. |
3003 | ||
3004 | Don't do this if TO is a VAR_DECL whose DECL_RTL is REG since it might be | |
3005 | a promoted variable where the zero- or sign- extension needs to be done. | |
3006 | Handling this in the normal way is safe because no computation is done | |
3007 | before the call. */ | |
3008 | if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from) | |
b35cd3c1 | 3009 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (from))) == INTEGER_CST |
1ad87b63 | 3010 | && ! (TREE_CODE (to) == VAR_DECL && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (to)) == REG)) |
cd1db108 | 3011 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
3012 | rtx value; |
3013 | ||
3014 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3015 | value = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
cd1db108 | 3016 | if (to_rtx == 0) |
921b3427 | 3017 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); |
aaf87c45 | 3018 | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3019 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3020 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3021 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
3022 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, value); | |
3023 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode) | |
db3ec607 | 3024 | emit_block_move (to_rtx, value, expr_size (from), |
ff9b5bd8 | 3025 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (from)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
aaf87c45 JL |
3026 | else |
3027 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value); | |
cd1db108 RS |
3028 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
3029 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3030 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3031 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
cd1db108 RS |
3032 | } |
3033 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3034 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. |
3035 | Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */ | |
3036 | ||
3037 | if (to_rtx == 0) | |
921b3427 | 3038 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); |
bbf6f052 | 3039 | |
86d38d25 RS |
3040 | /* Don't move directly into a return register. */ |
3041 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == REG) | |
3042 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3043 | rtx temp; |
3044 | ||
3045 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3046 | temp = expand_expr (from, 0, GET_MODE (to_rtx), 0); | |
86d38d25 RS |
3047 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp); |
3048 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3049 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3050 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3051 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
86d38d25 RS |
3052 | } |
3053 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3054 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps |
3055 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
3056 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
3057 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
3058 | && current_function_returns_struct | |
3059 | && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
3060 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3061 | rtx from_rtx, size; |
3062 | ||
3063 | push_temp_slots (); | |
33a20d10 | 3064 | size = expr_size (from); |
921b3427 RK |
3065 | from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
3066 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); | |
3067 | ||
3068 | /* Copy the rights of the bitmap. */ | |
3069 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
3070 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3071 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3072 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3073 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
3074 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3075 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3076 | |
3077 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 3078 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3079 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3080 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
0fa83258 RK |
3081 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3082 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 3083 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 3084 | #else |
d562e42e | 3085 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3086 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3087 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3088 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3089 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3090 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3091 | #endif |
3092 | ||
3093 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3094 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3095 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3096 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3097 | } |
3098 | ||
3099 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
3100 | ||
0088fcb1 | 3101 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3102 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value); |
3103 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
3104 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3105 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3106 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3107 | } |
3108 | ||
3109 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, | |
3110 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3111 | TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx. |
3112 | ||
709f5be1 RS |
3113 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return a copy of the value |
3114 | not in TARGET, so that we can be sure to use the proper | |
3115 | value in a containing expression even if TARGET has something | |
3116 | else stored in it. If possible, we copy the value through a pseudo | |
3117 | and return that pseudo. Or, if the value is constant, we try to | |
3118 | return the constant. In some cases, we return a pseudo | |
3119 | copied *from* TARGET. | |
3120 | ||
3121 | If the mode is BLKmode then we may return TARGET itself. | |
3122 | It turns out that in BLKmode it doesn't cause a problem. | |
3123 | because C has no operators that could combine two different | |
3124 | assignments into the same BLKmode object with different values | |
3125 | with no sequence point. Will other languages need this to | |
3126 | be more thorough? | |
3127 | ||
3128 | If WANT_VALUE is 0, we return NULL, to make sure | |
3129 | to catch quickly any cases where the caller uses the value | |
3130 | and fails to set WANT_VALUE. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3131 | |
3132 | rtx | |
709f5be1 | 3133 | store_expr (exp, target, want_value) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3134 | register tree exp; |
3135 | register rtx target; | |
709f5be1 | 3136 | int want_value; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3137 | { |
3138 | register rtx temp; | |
3139 | int dont_return_target = 0; | |
3140 | ||
3141 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) | |
3142 | { | |
3143 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
3144 | part. */ | |
3145 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3146 | emit_queue (); | |
709f5be1 | 3147 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3148 | } |
3149 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
3150 | { | |
3151 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
3152 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
3153 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
3154 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
3155 | ||
3156 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3157 | ||
3158 | emit_queue (); | |
3159 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3160 | ||
dabf8373 | 3161 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3162 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
3163 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3164 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3165 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3166 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3167 | emit_queue (); |
3168 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
3169 | emit_barrier (); | |
3170 | emit_label (lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3171 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3172 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3173 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3174 | emit_queue (); |
3175 | emit_label (lab2); | |
3176 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
a3a58acc | 3177 | |
709f5be1 | 3178 | return want_value ? target : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 | 3179 | } |
709f5be1 | 3180 | else if (want_value && GET_CODE (target) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3181 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode) |
3182 | /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead, | |
3183 | arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that, | |
709f5be1 | 3184 | if EXP is another assignment, WANT_VALUE will be nonzero for it. |
c2e6aff6 RS |
3185 | We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case. |
3186 | Don't do this if TARGET is volatile because we are supposed | |
3187 | to write it and then read it. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3188 | { |
906c4e36 | 3189 | temp = expand_expr (exp, cse_not_expected ? NULL_RTX : target, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3190 | GET_MODE (target), 0); |
3191 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
3192 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3193 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
3194 | } | |
3195 | else if (queued_subexp_p (target)) | |
709f5be1 RS |
3196 | /* If target contains a postincrement, let's not risk |
3197 | using it as the place to generate the rhs. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3198 | { |
3199 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode) | |
3200 | { | |
3201 | /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */ | |
3202 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
3203 | temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
3204 | } | |
3205 | else | |
906c4e36 | 3206 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), 0); |
709f5be1 RS |
3207 | |
3208 | /* If target is volatile, ANSI requires accessing the value | |
3209 | *from* the target, if it is accessed. So make that happen. | |
3210 | In no case return the target itself. */ | |
3211 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) && want_value) | |
3212 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 3213 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
3214 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) |
3215 | /* If this is an scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode | |
3216 | than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode | |
3217 | and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed | |
3218 | expression. */ | |
3219 | { | |
5a32d038 | 3220 | /* If we don't want a value, we can do the conversion inside EXP, |
f635a84d RK |
3221 | which will often result in some optimizations. Do the conversion |
3222 | in two steps: first change the signedness, if needed, then | |
ab6c58f1 RK |
3223 | the extend. But don't do this if the type of EXP is a subtype |
3224 | of something else since then the conversion might involve | |
3225 | more than just converting modes. */ | |
3226 | if (! want_value && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3227 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == 0) | |
f635a84d RK |
3228 | { |
3229 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3230 | != SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)) | |
3231 | exp | |
3232 | = convert | |
3233 | (signed_or_unsigned_type (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target), | |
3234 | TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3235 | exp); | |
3236 | ||
3237 | exp = convert (type_for_mode (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3238 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)), | |
3239 | exp); | |
3240 | } | |
5a32d038 | 3241 | |
1499e0a8 | 3242 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
b258707c | 3243 | |
766f36c7 | 3244 | /* If TEMP is a volatile MEM and we want a result value, make |
f29369b9 RK |
3245 | the access now so it gets done only once. Likewise if |
3246 | it contains TARGET. */ | |
3247 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && want_value | |
3248 | && (MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) | |
3249 | || reg_mentioned_p (SUBREG_REG (target), XEXP (temp, 0)))) | |
766f36c7 RK |
3250 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); |
3251 | ||
b258707c RS |
3252 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make |
3253 | sure that we properly convert it. */ | |
3254 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) | |
3255 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3256 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, | |
3257 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3258 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
3259 | convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, |
3260 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
709f5be1 | 3261 | return want_value ? temp : NULL_RTX; |
1499e0a8 | 3262 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3263 | else |
3264 | { | |
3265 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
766f36c7 | 3266 | /* Return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register. |
709f5be1 RS |
3267 | If TARGET is a volatile mem ref, either return TARGET |
3268 | or return a reg copied *from* TARGET; ANSI requires this. | |
3269 | ||
3270 | Otherwise, if TEMP is not TARGET, return TEMP | |
3271 | if it is constant (for efficiency), | |
3272 | or if we really want the correct value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3273 | if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG |
3274 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
709f5be1 | 3275 | && !(GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
effbcc6a | 3276 | && ! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
709f5be1 | 3277 | && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || want_value)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3278 | dont_return_target = 1; |
3279 | } | |
3280 | ||
b258707c RS |
3281 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant and the mode of the type of EXP is not |
3282 | the same as that of TARGET, adjust the constant. This is needed, for | |
3283 | example, in case it is a CONST_DOUBLE and we want only a word-sized | |
3284 | value. */ | |
3285 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode | |
c1da1f33 | 3286 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
b258707c RS |
3287 | && GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
3288 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3289 | temp, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
3290 | ||
921b3427 RK |
3291 | if (flag_check_memory_usage |
3292 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
3293 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
3294 | { | |
3295 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
3296 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3297 | XEXP (target, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3298 | XEXP (temp, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3299 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
3300 | else | |
3301 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3302 | XEXP (target, 0), ptr_mode, | |
3303 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
3304 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3305 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3306 | } |
3307 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3308 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. |
3309 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec. */ | |
3310 | ||
effbcc6a | 3311 | if (! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3312 | { |
3313 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3314 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
3315 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
3316 | { | |
3317 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
3318 | if (dont_return_target) | |
3319 | { | |
3320 | /* In this case, we will return TEMP, | |
3321 | so make sure it has the proper mode. | |
3322 | But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */ | |
3323 | temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp); | |
3324 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3325 | } | |
3326 | else | |
3327 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
3328 | } | |
3329 | ||
3330 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
3331 | { | |
3332 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. | |
3333 | The string constant may be shorter than the array. | |
3334 | So copy just the string's actual length, and clear the rest. */ | |
3335 | rtx size; | |
22619c3f | 3336 | rtx addr; |
bbf6f052 | 3337 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3338 | /* Get the size of the data type of the string, |
3339 | which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
3340 | size = expr_size (exp); | |
3341 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
3342 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) | |
3343 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, | |
3344 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3345 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 3346 | { |
e87b4f3f RS |
3347 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
3348 | tree copy_size | |
c03b7665 | 3349 | = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, |
b50d17a1 | 3350 | make_tree (sizetype, size), |
c03b7665 RK |
3351 | convert (sizetype, |
3352 | build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), 0))); | |
906c4e36 RK |
3353 | rtx copy_size_rtx = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, |
3354 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3355 | rtx label = 0; |
3356 | ||
3357 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
3358 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, | |
3359 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3360 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
3361 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET that we have to clear. |
3362 | Do all calculations in ptr_mode. */ | |
3363 | ||
3364 | addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
3365 | addr = convert_modes (ptr_mode, Pmode, addr, 1); | |
3366 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
3367 | if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT) |
3368 | { | |
88f63c77 | 3369 | addr = plus_constant (addr, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
22619c3f | 3370 | size = plus_constant (size, - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
e87b4f3f RS |
3371 | } |
3372 | else | |
3373 | { | |
88f63c77 RK |
3374 | addr = force_reg (ptr_mode, addr); |
3375 | addr = expand_binop (ptr_mode, add_optab, addr, | |
906c4e36 RK |
3376 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3377 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3378 | |
88f63c77 | 3379 | size = expand_binop (ptr_mode, sub_optab, size, |
906c4e36 RK |
3380 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3381 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3382 | |
906c4e36 | 3383 | emit_cmp_insn (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
e87b4f3f RS |
3384 | GET_MODE (size), 0, 0); |
3385 | label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3386 | emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (label)); | |
3387 | } | |
3388 | ||
3389 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
3390 | { | |
921b3427 RK |
3391 | /* Be sure we can write on ADDR. */ |
3392 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
3393 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
3394 | addr, ptr_mode, | |
3395 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
3396 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3397 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3398 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
3b6f75e2 | 3399 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 3, |
86242483 | 3400 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3401 | const0_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3402 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
3403 | size, | |
3404 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3405 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3406 | #else |
d562e42e | 3407 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 2, |
86242483 | 3408 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3409 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3410 | size, | |
3411 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3412 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3413 | #endif |
e87b4f3f | 3414 | } |
22619c3f | 3415 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3416 | if (label) |
3417 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3418 | } |
3419 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3420 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3421 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3422 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
3423 | emit_group_load (target, temp); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3424 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
3425 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), | |
3426 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3427 | else | |
3428 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3429 | } | |
709f5be1 | 3430 | |
766f36c7 RK |
3431 | /* If we don't want a value, return NULL_RTX. */ |
3432 | if (! want_value) | |
3433 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3434 | ||
3435 | /* If we are supposed to return TEMP, do so as long as it isn't a MEM. | |
3436 | ??? The latter test doesn't seem to make sense. */ | |
3437 | else if (dont_return_target && GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
bbf6f052 | 3438 | return temp; |
766f36c7 RK |
3439 | |
3440 | /* Return TARGET itself if it is a hard register. */ | |
3441 | else if (want_value && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode | |
3442 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
3443 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
709f5be1 | 3444 | return copy_to_reg (target); |
766f36c7 RK |
3445 | |
3446 | else | |
709f5be1 | 3447 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3448 | } |
3449 | \f | |
9de08200 RK |
3450 | /* Return 1 if EXP just contains zeros. */ |
3451 | ||
3452 | static int | |
3453 | is_zeros_p (exp) | |
3454 | tree exp; | |
3455 | { | |
3456 | tree elt; | |
3457 | ||
3458 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
3459 | { | |
3460 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
3461 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
3462 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
3463 | return is_zeros_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3464 | ||
3465 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
3466 | return TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp) == 0 && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp) == 0; | |
3467 | ||
3468 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
3469 | return | |
3470 | is_zeros_p (TREE_REALPART (exp)) && is_zeros_p (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)); | |
3471 | ||
3472 | case REAL_CST: | |
41c9120b | 3473 | return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), dconst0); |
9de08200 RK |
3474 | |
3475 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3476 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) |
3477 | return CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp) == NULL_TREE; | |
9de08200 RK |
3478 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
3479 | if (! is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
3480 | return 0; | |
3481 | ||
3482 | return 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3483 | |
3484 | default: | |
3485 | return 0; | |
9de08200 | 3486 | } |
9de08200 RK |
3487 | } |
3488 | ||
3489 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains mostly (3/4) zeros. */ | |
3490 | ||
3491 | static int | |
3492 | mostly_zeros_p (exp) | |
3493 | tree exp; | |
3494 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
3495 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
3496 | { | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3497 | int elts = 0, zeros = 0; |
3498 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
3499 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) | |
3500 | { | |
3501 | /* If there are no ranges of true bits, it is all zero. */ | |
3502 | return elt == NULL_TREE; | |
3503 | } | |
3504 | for (; elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
3505 | { | |
3506 | /* We do not handle the case where the index is a RANGE_EXPR, | |
3507 | so the statistic will be somewhat inaccurate. | |
3508 | We do make a more accurate count in store_constructor itself, | |
3509 | so since this function is only used for nested array elements, | |
0f41302f | 3510 | this should be close enough. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
3511 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
3512 | zeros++; | |
3513 | elts++; | |
3514 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
3515 | |
3516 | return 4 * zeros >= 3 * elts; | |
3517 | } | |
3518 | ||
3519 | return is_zeros_p (exp); | |
3520 | } | |
3521 | \f | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3522 | /* Helper function for store_constructor. |
3523 | TARGET, BITSIZE, BITPOS, MODE, EXP are as for store_field. | |
3524 | TYPE is the type of the CONSTRUCTOR, not the element type. | |
23ccec44 JW |
3525 | CLEARED is as for store_constructor. |
3526 | ||
3527 | This provides a recursive shortcut back to store_constructor when it isn't | |
3528 | necessary to go through store_field. This is so that we can pass through | |
3529 | the cleared field to let store_constructor know that we may not have to | |
3530 | clear a substructure if the outer structure has already been cleared. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3531 | |
3532 | static void | |
3533 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
3534 | mode, exp, type, cleared) | |
3535 | rtx target; | |
3536 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
3537 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
3538 | tree exp, type; | |
3539 | int cleared; | |
3540 | { | |
3541 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
23ccec44 JW |
3542 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 |
3543 | /* If we have a non-zero bitpos for a register target, then we just | |
3544 | let store_field do the bitfield handling. This is unlikely to | |
3545 | generate unnecessary clear instructions anyways. */ | |
3546 | && (bitpos == 0 || GET_CODE (target) == MEM)) | |
e1a43f73 | 3547 | { |
126e5b0d JW |
3548 | if (bitpos != 0) |
3549 | target = change_address (target, VOIDmode, | |
3550 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
3551 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3552 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3553 | } |
3554 | else | |
3555 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, | |
3556 | VOIDmode, 0, TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
3557 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); | |
3558 | } | |
3559 | ||
bbf6f052 | 3560 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. |
e1a43f73 | 3561 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM. |
0f41302f | 3562 | CLEARED is true if TARGET is known to have been zero'd. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
3563 | |
3564 | static void | |
e1a43f73 | 3565 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3566 | tree exp; |
3567 | rtx target; | |
e1a43f73 | 3568 | int cleared; |
bbf6f052 | 3569 | { |
4af3895e JVA |
3570 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
3571 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3572 | /* We know our target cannot conflict, since safe_from_p has been called. */ |
3573 | #if 0 | |
3574 | /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register | |
3575 | since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP. | |
3576 | Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all. */ | |
3577 | if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
3578 | { | |
3579 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
e1a43f73 | 3580 | store_constructor (exp, temp, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3581 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); |
3582 | return; | |
3583 | } | |
3584 | #endif | |
3585 | ||
e44842fe RK |
3586 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
3587 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3588 | { |
3589 | register tree elt; | |
3590 | ||
4af3895e | 3591 | /* Inform later passes that the whole union value is dead. */ |
e44842fe RK |
3592 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
3593 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
38a448ca | 3594 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
4af3895e JVA |
3595 | |
3596 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, | |
3597 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
67225c15 RK |
3598 | a constant. But if more than one register is involved, |
3599 | this probably loses. */ | |
3600 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
3601 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
9de08200 RK |
3602 | { |
3603 | if (! cleared) | |
e9a25f70 | 3604 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
4af3895e | 3605 | |
9de08200 RK |
3606 | cleared = 1; |
3607 | } | |
3608 | ||
3609 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure | |
3610 | or if we are initializing the structure to mostly zeros, | |
bbf6f052 | 3611 | clear the whole structure first. */ |
9de08200 RK |
3612 | else if ((list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) |
3613 | != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (type))) | |
3614 | || mostly_zeros_p (exp)) | |
3615 | { | |
3616 | if (! cleared) | |
3617 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
3618 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3619 | ||
3620 | cleared = 1; | |
3621 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3622 | else |
3623 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
38a448ca | 3624 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3625 | |
3626 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
3627 | the corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
3628 | ||
3629 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
3630 | { | |
3631 | register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
3632 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
3633 | int bitsize; | |
b50d17a1 | 3634 | int bitpos = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 3635 | int unsignedp; |
b50d17a1 RK |
3636 | tree pos, constant = 0, offset = 0; |
3637 | rtx to_rtx = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 3638 | |
f32fd778 RS |
3639 | /* Just ignore missing fields. |
3640 | We cleared the whole structure, above, | |
3641 | if any fields are missing. */ | |
3642 | if (field == 0) | |
3643 | continue; | |
3644 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3645 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
3646 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 3647 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3648 | bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)); |
3649 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field); | |
3650 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); | |
3651 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
3652 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
3653 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
3654 | pos = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field); |
3655 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) | |
3656 | constant = pos; | |
3657 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
3658 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
3659 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), offset = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
3660 | else | |
3661 | offset = pos; | |
3662 | ||
3663 | if (constant) | |
cd11b87e | 3664 | bitpos = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); |
b50d17a1 RK |
3665 | |
3666 | if (offset) | |
3667 | { | |
3668 | rtx offset_rtx; | |
3669 | ||
3670 | if (contains_placeholder_p (offset)) | |
3671 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, | |
956d6950 | 3672 | offset, make_tree (TREE_TYPE (exp), target)); |
bbf6f052 | 3673 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
3674 | offset = size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, offset, |
3675 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3676 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
3677 | offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
3678 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
3679 | abort (); | |
3680 | ||
3681 | to_rtx | |
3682 | = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
38a448ca | 3683 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
88f63c77 | 3684 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); |
b50d17a1 | 3685 | } |
cf04eb80 RK |
3686 | if (TREE_READONLY (field)) |
3687 | { | |
9151b3bf | 3688 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
3689 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
3690 | ||
cf04eb80 RK |
3691 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
3692 | } | |
3693 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3694 | store_constructor_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, |
3695 | mode, TREE_VALUE (elt), type, cleared); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3696 | } |
3697 | } | |
4af3895e | 3698 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3699 | { |
3700 | register tree elt; | |
3701 | register int i; | |
e1a43f73 | 3702 | int need_to_clear; |
4af3895e | 3703 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
906c4e36 RK |
3704 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
3705 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
4af3895e | 3706 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); |
bbf6f052 | 3707 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3708 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the array, |
3709 | clear the whole array first. Similarly if this this is | |
3710 | static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ | |
3711 | if (cleared || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))) | |
3712 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
3713 | else | |
3714 | { | |
3715 | HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; | |
3716 | need_to_clear = 0; | |
3717 | /* This loop is a more accurate version of the loop in | |
3718 | mostly_zeros_p (it handles RANGE_EXPR in an index). | |
3719 | It is also needed to check for missing elements. */ | |
3720 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
3721 | elt != NULL_TREE; | |
df0faff1 | 3722 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
e1a43f73 PB |
3723 | { |
3724 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
3725 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_node_count; | |
3726 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) | |
3727 | { | |
3728 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
3729 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
3730 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) != INTEGER_CST | |
3731 | || TREE_CODE (hi_index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
3732 | { | |
3733 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
3734 | break; | |
3735 | } | |
3736 | this_node_count = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index) | |
3737 | - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index) + 1; | |
3738 | } | |
3739 | else | |
3740 | this_node_count = 1; | |
3741 | count += this_node_count; | |
3742 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
3743 | zero_count += this_node_count; | |
3744 | } | |
8e958f70 | 3745 | /* Clear the entire array first if there are any missing elements, |
0f41302f | 3746 | or if the incidence of zero elements is >= 75%. */ |
8e958f70 PB |
3747 | if (count < maxelt - minelt + 1 |
3748 | || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3749 | need_to_clear = 1; |
3750 | } | |
3751 | if (need_to_clear) | |
9de08200 RK |
3752 | { |
3753 | if (! cleared) | |
3754 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
3755 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
9de08200 RK |
3756 | cleared = 1; |
3757 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3758 | else |
3759 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
38a448ca | 3760 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3761 | |
3762 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
3763 | the corresponding element of TARGET, determined | |
3764 | by counting the elements. */ | |
3765 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0; | |
3766 | elt; | |
3767 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++) | |
3768 | { | |
3769 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
3770 | int bitsize; | |
3771 | int bitpos; | |
3772 | int unsignedp; | |
e1a43f73 | 3773 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
03dc44a6 RS |
3774 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
3775 | rtx xtarget = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 3776 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3777 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
3778 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 3779 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3780 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); |
3781 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
3782 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype); | |
3783 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3784 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
3785 | { | |
3786 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
3787 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
3788 | rtx index_r, pos_rtx, addr, hi_r, loop_top, loop_end; | |
3789 | struct nesting *loop; | |
05c0b405 PB |
3790 | HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi, count; |
3791 | tree position; | |
e1a43f73 | 3792 | |
0f41302f | 3793 | /* If the range is constant and "small", unroll the loop. */ |
e1a43f73 | 3794 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) == INTEGER_CST |
05c0b405 PB |
3795 | && TREE_CODE (hi_index) == INTEGER_CST |
3796 | && (lo = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index), | |
3797 | hi = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index), | |
3798 | count = hi - lo + 1, | |
3799 | (GET_CODE (target) != MEM | |
3800 | || count <= 2 | |
3801 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) == INTEGER_CST | |
3802 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) * count | |
3803 | <= 40 * 8)))) | |
e1a43f73 | 3804 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
3805 | lo -= minelt; hi -= minelt; |
3806 | for (; lo <= hi; lo++) | |
e1a43f73 | 3807 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
3808 | bitpos = lo * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)); |
3809 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
3810 | mode, value, type, cleared); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3811 | } |
3812 | } | |
3813 | else | |
3814 | { | |
3815 | hi_r = expand_expr (hi_index, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3816 | loop_top = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3817 | loop_end = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3818 | ||
3819 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (domain); | |
3820 | ||
3821 | index = build_decl (VAR_DECL, NULL_TREE, domain); | |
3822 | ||
3823 | DECL_RTL (index) = index_r | |
3824 | = gen_reg_rtx (promote_mode (domain, DECL_MODE (index), | |
3825 | &unsignedp, 0)); | |
3826 | ||
3827 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == SAVE_EXPR | |
3828 | && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (value) == 0) | |
3829 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
3830 | /* Make sure value gets expanded once before the |
3831 | loop. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3832 | expand_expr (value, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
3833 | emit_queue (); | |
3834 | } | |
3835 | store_expr (lo_index, index_r, 0); | |
3836 | loop = expand_start_loop (0); | |
3837 | ||
0f41302f | 3838 | /* Assign value to element index. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
3839 | position = size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (elttype), |
3840 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3841 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, | |
3842 | size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
3843 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)), | |
3844 | position); | |
3845 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
38a448ca | 3846 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3847 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
3848 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
05c0b405 | 3849 | store_constructor (value, xtarget, cleared); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3850 | else |
3851 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); | |
3852 | ||
3853 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (loop, | |
3854 | build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node, | |
3855 | index, hi_index)); | |
3856 | ||
3857 | expand_increment (build (PREINCREMENT_EXPR, | |
3858 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
7b8b9722 | 3859 | index, integer_one_node), 0, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3860 | expand_end_loop (); |
3861 | emit_label (loop_end); | |
3862 | ||
3863 | /* Needed by stupid register allocation. to extend the | |
3864 | lifetime of pseudo-regs used by target past the end | |
3865 | of the loop. */ | |
38a448ca | 3866 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (GET_MODE (target), target)); |
e1a43f73 PB |
3867 | } |
3868 | } | |
3869 | else if ((index != 0 && TREE_CODE (index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
5b6c44ff | 3870 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) != INTEGER_CST) |
03dc44a6 | 3871 | { |
e1a43f73 | 3872 | rtx pos_rtx, addr; |
03dc44a6 RS |
3873 | tree position; |
3874 | ||
5b6c44ff RK |
3875 | if (index == 0) |
3876 | index = size_int (i); | |
3877 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3878 | if (minelt) |
3879 | index = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
3880 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); | |
5b6c44ff RK |
3881 | position = size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (elttype), |
3882 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3883 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, index, position); | |
03dc44a6 | 3884 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
38a448ca | 3885 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
03dc44a6 | 3886 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
e1a43f73 | 3887 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); |
03dc44a6 RS |
3888 | } |
3889 | else | |
3890 | { | |
3891 | if (index != 0) | |
7c314719 | 3892 | bitpos = ((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index) - minelt) |
03dc44a6 RS |
3893 | * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); |
3894 | else | |
3895 | bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3896 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, |
3897 | mode, value, type, cleared); | |
03dc44a6 | 3898 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3899 | } |
3900 | } | |
071a6595 PB |
3901 | /* set constructor assignments */ |
3902 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == SET_TYPE) | |
3903 | { | |
e1a43f73 | 3904 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); |
e1a43f73 | 3905 | int nbytes = int_size_in_bytes (type), nbits; |
071a6595 PB |
3906 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
3907 | tree domain_min, domain_max, bitlength; | |
3908 | ||
9faa82d8 | 3909 | /* The default implementation strategy is to extract the constant |
071a6595 PB |
3910 | parts of the constructor, use that to initialize the target, |
3911 | and then "or" in whatever non-constant ranges we need in addition. | |
3912 | ||
3913 | If a large set is all zero or all ones, it is | |
3914 | probably better to set it using memset (if available) or bzero. | |
3915 | Also, if a large set has just a single range, it may also be | |
3916 | better to first clear all the first clear the set (using | |
0f41302f | 3917 | bzero/memset), and set the bits we want. */ |
071a6595 | 3918 | |
0f41302f | 3919 | /* Check for all zeros. */ |
e1a43f73 | 3920 | if (elt == NULL_TREE) |
071a6595 | 3921 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
3922 | if (!cleared) |
3923 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
3924 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
071a6595 PB |
3925 | return; |
3926 | } | |
3927 | ||
071a6595 PB |
3928 | domain_min = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
3929 | domain_max = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
3930 | bitlength = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, | |
3931 | size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, domain_max, domain_min), | |
3932 | size_one_node); | |
3933 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
3934 | if (nbytes < 0 || TREE_CODE (bitlength) != INTEGER_CST) |
3935 | abort (); | |
3936 | nbits = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitlength); | |
3937 | ||
3938 | /* For "small" sets, or "medium-sized" (up to 32 bytes) sets that | |
3939 | are "complicated" (more than one range), initialize (the | |
3940 | constant parts) by copying from a constant. */ | |
3941 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode || nbits <= 2 * BITS_PER_WORD | |
3942 | || (nbytes <= 32 && TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE)) | |
071a6595 | 3943 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3944 | int set_word_size = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
3945 | enum machine_mode mode = mode_for_size (set_word_size, MODE_INT, 1); | |
0f41302f | 3946 | char *bit_buffer = (char *) alloca (nbits); |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3947 | HOST_WIDE_INT word = 0; |
3948 | int bit_pos = 0; | |
3949 | int ibit = 0; | |
0f41302f | 3950 | int offset = 0; /* In bytes from beginning of set. */ |
e1a43f73 | 3951 | elt = get_set_constructor_bits (exp, bit_buffer, nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 3952 | for (;;) |
071a6595 | 3953 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3954 | if (bit_buffer[ibit]) |
3955 | { | |
b09f3348 | 3956 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3957 | word |= (1 << (set_word_size - 1 - bit_pos)); |
3958 | else | |
3959 | word |= 1 << bit_pos; | |
3960 | } | |
3961 | bit_pos++; ibit++; | |
3962 | if (bit_pos >= set_word_size || ibit == nbits) | |
071a6595 | 3963 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
3964 | if (word != 0 || ! cleared) |
3965 | { | |
3966 | rtx datum = GEN_INT (word); | |
3967 | rtx to_rtx; | |
0f41302f MS |
3968 | /* The assumption here is that it is safe to use |
3969 | XEXP if the set is multi-word, but not if | |
3970 | it's single-word. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3971 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
3972 | { | |
3973 | to_rtx = plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), offset); | |
3974 | to_rtx = change_address (target, mode, to_rtx); | |
3975 | } | |
3976 | else if (offset == 0) | |
3977 | to_rtx = target; | |
3978 | else | |
3979 | abort (); | |
3980 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, datum); | |
3981 | } | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
3982 | if (ibit == nbits) |
3983 | break; | |
3984 | word = 0; | |
3985 | bit_pos = 0; | |
3986 | offset += set_word_size / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
071a6595 PB |
3987 | } |
3988 | } | |
071a6595 | 3989 | } |
e1a43f73 PB |
3990 | else if (!cleared) |
3991 | { | |
0f41302f | 3992 | /* Don't bother clearing storage if the set is all ones. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
3993 | if (TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE |
3994 | || (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == NULL_TREE | |
3995 | ? nbits != 1 | |
3996 | : (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
3997 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
3998 | || (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elt)) | |
3999 | - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) + 1 | |
4000 | != nbits)))) | |
4001 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
4002 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4003 | } | |
4004 | ||
4005 | for (; elt != NULL_TREE; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
071a6595 PB |
4006 | { |
4007 | /* start of range of element or NULL */ | |
4008 | tree startbit = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
4009 | /* end of range of element, or element value */ | |
4010 | tree endbit = TREE_VALUE (elt); | |
381127e8 | 4011 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
071a6595 | 4012 | HOST_WIDE_INT startb, endb; |
381127e8 | 4013 | #endif |
071a6595 PB |
4014 | rtx bitlength_rtx, startbit_rtx, endbit_rtx, targetx; |
4015 | ||
4016 | bitlength_rtx = expand_expr (bitlength, | |
4017 | NULL_RTX, MEM, EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4018 | ||
4019 | /* handle non-range tuple element like [ expr ] */ | |
4020 | if (startbit == NULL_TREE) | |
4021 | { | |
4022 | startbit = save_expr (endbit); | |
4023 | endbit = startbit; | |
4024 | } | |
4025 | startbit = convert (sizetype, startbit); | |
4026 | endbit = convert (sizetype, endbit); | |
4027 | if (! integer_zerop (domain_min)) | |
4028 | { | |
4029 | startbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, startbit, domain_min); | |
4030 | endbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, endbit, domain_min); | |
4031 | } | |
4032 | startbit_rtx = expand_expr (startbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4033 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4034 | endbit_rtx = expand_expr (endbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4035 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4036 | ||
4037 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4038 | { | |
4039 | targetx = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4040 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), | |
4041 | 0); | |
4042 | emit_move_insn (targetx, target); | |
4043 | } | |
4044 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
4045 | targetx = target; | |
4046 | else | |
4047 | abort (); | |
4048 | ||
4049 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
4050 | /* Optimization: If startbit and endbit are | |
9faa82d8 | 4051 | constants divisible by BITS_PER_UNIT, |
0f41302f | 4052 | call memset instead. */ |
071a6595 PB |
4053 | if (TREE_CODE (startbit) == INTEGER_CST |
4054 | && TREE_CODE (endbit) == INTEGER_CST | |
4055 | && (startb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (startbit)) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 | |
e1a43f73 | 4056 | && (endb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (endbit) + 1) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0) |
071a6595 | 4057 | { |
071a6595 PB |
4058 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, |
4059 | VOIDmode, 3, | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4060 | plus_constant (XEXP (targetx, 0), |
4061 | startb / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
071a6595 | 4062 | Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 | 4063 | constm1_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
071a6595 | 4064 | GEN_INT ((endb - startb) / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
3b6f75e2 | 4065 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
071a6595 PB |
4066 | } |
4067 | else | |
4068 | #endif | |
4069 | { | |
38a448ca | 4070 | emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__setbits"), |
071a6595 PB |
4071 | 0, VOIDmode, 4, XEXP (targetx, 0), Pmode, |
4072 | bitlength_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4073 | startbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4074 | endbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
4075 | } | |
4076 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4077 | emit_move_insn (target, targetx); | |
4078 | } | |
4079 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4080 | |
4081 | else | |
4082 | abort (); | |
4083 | } | |
4084 | ||
4085 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
4086 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
4087 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
4088 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
4089 | ||
4090 | If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular. | |
4091 | UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case. | |
4092 | ||
4093 | Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx | |
4094 | has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do. | |
4095 | In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type. | |
4096 | ||
4097 | ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes. | |
4098 | TOTAL_SIZE is the size in bytes of the structure, or -1 if varying. */ | |
4099 | ||
4100 | static rtx | |
4101 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode, | |
4102 | unsignedp, align, total_size) | |
4103 | rtx target; | |
4104 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
4105 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4106 | tree exp; | |
4107 | enum machine_mode value_mode; | |
4108 | int unsignedp; | |
4109 | int align; | |
4110 | int total_size; | |
4111 | { | |
906c4e36 | 4112 | HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4113 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4114 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
4115 | return const0_rtx; | |
4116 | ||
906c4e36 RK |
4117 | if (bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
4118 | width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4119 | |
4120 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
4121 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
4122 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
4123 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
4124 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
4125 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
4126 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
4127 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
4128 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
4129 | cleaned up later. */ | |
4130 | ||
4131 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
4132 | && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) | |
4133 | { | |
4134 | rtx object = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4135 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), 0); | |
4136 | rtx blk_object = copy_rtx (object); | |
4137 | ||
24a13950 JW |
4138 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (object) = 1; |
4139 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (blk_object) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4140 | PUT_MODE (blk_object, BLKmode); |
4141 | ||
4142 | if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) | |
4143 | emit_move_insn (object, target); | |
4144 | ||
4145 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, | |
4146 | align, total_size); | |
4147 | ||
46093b97 RS |
4148 | /* Even though we aren't returning target, we need to |
4149 | give it the updated value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4150 | emit_move_insn (target, object); |
4151 | ||
46093b97 | 4152 | return blk_object; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4153 | } |
4154 | ||
4155 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
4156 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
4157 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
4158 | ||
4fa52007 RK |
4159 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
4160 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode]) | |
4161 | || GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
c980ac49 | 4162 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG |
ccc98036 RS |
4163 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref, |
4164 | store it as a bit field. */ | |
c7a7ac46 | 4165 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
ccc98036 | 4166 | && align * BITS_PER_UNIT < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
c7a7ac46 | 4167 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS && bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 4168 | { |
906c4e36 | 4169 | rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbd6cf73 | 4170 | |
ef19912d RK |
4171 | /* If BITSIZE is narrower than the size of the type of EXP |
4172 | we will be narrowing TEMP. Normally, what's wanted are the | |
4173 | low-order bits. However, if EXP's type is a record and this is | |
4174 | big-endian machine, we want the upper BITSIZE bits. */ | |
4175 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
4176 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4177 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE) | |
4178 | temp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (temp), temp, | |
4179 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4180 | - bitsize), | |
4181 | temp, 1); | |
4182 | ||
bbd6cf73 RK |
4183 | /* Unless MODE is VOIDmode or BLKmode, convert TEMP to |
4184 | MODE. */ | |
4185 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode | |
4186 | && mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
4187 | temp = convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, 1); | |
4188 | ||
a281e72d RK |
4189 | /* If the modes of TARGET and TEMP are both BLKmode, both |
4190 | must be in memory and BITPOS must be aligned on a byte | |
4191 | boundary. If so, we simply do a block copy. */ | |
4192 | if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) | |
4193 | { | |
4194 | if (GET_CODE (target) != MEM || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM | |
4195 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
4196 | abort (); | |
4197 | ||
0086427c RK |
4198 | target = change_address (target, VOIDmode, |
4199 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
a281e72d RK |
4200 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
4201 | ||
4202 | emit_block_move (target, temp, | |
4203 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
4204 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
4205 | 1); | |
4206 | ||
4207 | return value_mode == VOIDmode ? const0_rtx : target; | |
4208 | } | |
4209 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4210 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
4211 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, align, total_size); | |
4212 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) | |
4213 | { | |
4214 | /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. */ | |
4215 | /* If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */ | |
4216 | if (width_mask != 0 | |
4217 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))) | |
5c4d7cfb | 4218 | { |
9074de27 | 4219 | tree count; |
5c4d7cfb | 4220 | enum machine_mode tmode; |
86a2c12a | 4221 | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4222 | if (unsignedp) |
4223 | return expand_and (temp, GEN_INT (width_mask), NULL_RTX); | |
4224 | tmode = GET_MODE (temp); | |
86a2c12a RS |
4225 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) |
4226 | tmode = value_mode; | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4227 | count = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode) - bitsize, 0); |
4228 | temp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4229 | return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4230 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 4231 | return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
906c4e36 RK |
4232 | NULL_RTX, value_mode, 0, align, |
4233 | total_size); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4234 | } |
4235 | return const0_rtx; | |
4236 | } | |
4237 | else | |
4238 | { | |
4239 | rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
4240 | rtx to_rtx; | |
4241 | ||
4242 | /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs; | |
4243 | so make the address stable for multiple use. */ | |
4244 | ||
4245 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG | |
4246 | && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr) | |
4247 | /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */ | |
4248 | && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
4249 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
4250 | && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
4251 | || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx))) | |
4252 | addr = copy_to_reg (addr); | |
4253 | ||
4254 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ | |
4255 | ||
effbcc6a RK |
4256 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (change_address (target, mode, |
4257 | plus_constant (addr, | |
4258 | (bitpos | |
4259 | / BITS_PER_UNIT)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4260 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
4261 | ||
4262 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode); | |
4263 | } | |
4264 | } | |
4265 | \f | |
4266 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
4267 | or an ARRAY_REF, look for nested COMPONENT_REFs, BIT_FIELD_REFs, or | |
742920c7 | 4268 | ARRAY_REFs and find the ultimate containing object, which we return. |
bbf6f052 RK |
4269 | |
4270 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
4271 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
4272 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
4273 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
4274 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
4275 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
839c4796 RK |
4276 | We set *PALIGNMENT to the alignment in bytes of the address that will be |
4277 | computed. This is the alignment of the thing we return if *POFFSET | |
4278 | is zero, but can be more less strictly aligned if *POFFSET is nonzero. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4279 | |
4280 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
4281 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
4282 | ||
4283 | If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it | |
4284 | is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4285 | is redundant. |
4286 | ||
4287 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
4288 | VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in | |
839c4796 | 4289 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
4290 | |
4291 | tree | |
4969d05d | 4292 | get_inner_reference (exp, pbitsize, pbitpos, poffset, pmode, |
839c4796 | 4293 | punsignedp, pvolatilep, palignment) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4294 | tree exp; |
4295 | int *pbitsize; | |
4296 | int *pbitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 4297 | tree *poffset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4298 | enum machine_mode *pmode; |
4299 | int *punsignedp; | |
4300 | int *pvolatilep; | |
839c4796 | 4301 | int *palignment; |
bbf6f052 | 4302 | { |
b50d17a1 | 4303 | tree orig_exp = exp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4304 | tree size_tree = 0; |
4305 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
742920c7 | 4306 | tree offset = integer_zero_node; |
839c4796 | 4307 | int alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4308 | |
4309 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) | |
4310 | { | |
4311 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4312 | if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4313 | mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4314 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4315 | } | |
4316 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
4317 | { | |
4318 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4319 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp); | |
4320 | } | |
4321 | else | |
4322 | { | |
4323 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4324 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
4325 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4326 | } | |
4327 | ||
4328 | if (size_tree) | |
4329 | { | |
4330 | if (TREE_CODE (size_tree) != INTEGER_CST) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4331 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
4332 | else | |
4333 | *pbitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size_tree); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4334 | } |
4335 | ||
4336 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
4337 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
4338 | ||
4339 | *pbitpos = 0; | |
4340 | ||
4341 | while (1) | |
4342 | { | |
7bb0943f | 4343 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 4344 | { |
7bb0943f RS |
4345 | tree pos = (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF |
4346 | ? DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4347 | : TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
e6d8c385 | 4348 | tree constant = integer_zero_node, var = pos; |
bbf6f052 | 4349 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
4350 | /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go |
4351 | past it. This should only happen when folding expressions | |
4352 | made during type construction. */ | |
4353 | if (pos == 0) | |
4354 | break; | |
4355 | ||
e6d8c385 RK |
4356 | /* Assume here that the offset is a multiple of a unit. |
4357 | If not, there should be an explicitly added constant. */ | |
4358 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
4359 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4360 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
7bb0943f | 4361 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) |
e6d8c385 RK |
4362 | constant = pos, var = integer_zero_node; |
4363 | ||
4364 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); | |
8d8c9ba9 RK |
4365 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, |
4366 | size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, var, | |
4367 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
bbf6f052 | 4368 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4369 | |
742920c7 | 4370 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 4371 | { |
742920c7 RK |
4372 | /* This code is based on the code in case ARRAY_REF in expand_expr |
4373 | below. We assume here that the size of an array element is | |
4374 | always an integral multiple of BITS_PER_UNIT. */ | |
4375 | ||
4376 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4377 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
4378 | tree low_bound | |
4379 | = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
4380 | tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
4381 | ||
4c08eef0 | 4382 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype)) |
742920c7 | 4383 | { |
4c08eef0 RK |
4384 | index = convert (type_for_size (TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype), 0), |
4385 | index); | |
742920c7 RK |
4386 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); |
4387 | } | |
4388 | ||
ca0f2220 RH |
4389 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
4390 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, low_bound)); | |
4391 | ||
f8dac6eb R |
4392 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
4393 | { | |
4394 | index = convert (sbitsizetype, index); | |
4395 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
4396 | } | |
4397 | ||
4398 | index = fold (build (MULT_EXPR, sbitsizetype, index, | |
4399 | convert (sbitsizetype, | |
0d15e60c | 4400 | TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))))); |
742920c7 RK |
4401 | |
4402 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
4403 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0) | |
4404 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
4405 | else | |
956d6950 | 4406 | { |
e5e809f4 JL |
4407 | if (contains_placeholder_p (index)) |
4408 | index = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, index, exp); | |
4409 | ||
956d6950 | 4410 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, |
e5e809f4 JL |
4411 | size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, index, |
4412 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
956d6950 | 4413 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4414 | } |
4415 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
4416 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR | |
4417 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
7f62854a RK |
4418 | && ! (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == UNION_TYPE |
4419 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
4420 | != UNION_TYPE)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4421 | && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
4422 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
4423 | break; | |
7bb0943f RS |
4424 | |
4425 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
4426 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
4427 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
839c4796 RK |
4428 | |
4429 | /* If the offset is non-constant already, then we can't assume any | |
4430 | alignment more than the alignment here. */ | |
4431 | if (! integer_zerop (offset)) | |
4432 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
4433 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4434 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
4435 | } | |
4436 | ||
839c4796 RK |
4437 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') |
4438 | alignment = MIN (alignment, DECL_ALIGN (exp)); | |
9293498f | 4439 | else if (TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0) |
839c4796 RK |
4440 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
4441 | ||
742920c7 RK |
4442 | if (integer_zerop (offset)) |
4443 | offset = 0; | |
4444 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
4445 | if (offset != 0 && contains_placeholder_p (offset)) |
4446 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, offset, orig_exp); | |
4447 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4448 | *pmode = mode; |
7bb0943f | 4449 | *poffset = offset; |
839c4796 | 4450 | *palignment = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4451 | return exp; |
4452 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
4453 | |
4454 | /* Subroutine of expand_exp: compute memory_usage from modifier. */ | |
4455 | static enum memory_use_mode | |
4456 | get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier) | |
4457 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
4458 | { | |
4459 | switch (modifier) | |
4460 | { | |
4461 | case EXPAND_NORMAL: | |
e5e809f4 | 4462 | case EXPAND_SUM: |
921b3427 RK |
4463 | return MEMORY_USE_RO; |
4464 | break; | |
4465 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO: | |
4466 | return MEMORY_USE_WO; | |
4467 | break; | |
4468 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW: | |
4469 | return MEMORY_USE_RW; | |
4470 | break; | |
921b3427 | 4471 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT: |
e5e809f4 JL |
4472 | /* EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS and EXPAND_INITIALIZER are converted into |
4473 | MEMORY_USE_DONT, because they are modifiers to a call of | |
4474 | expand_expr in the ADDR_EXPR case of expand_expr. */ | |
921b3427 | 4475 | case EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS: |
e5e809f4 | 4476 | case EXPAND_INITIALIZER: |
921b3427 RK |
4477 | return MEMORY_USE_DONT; |
4478 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD: | |
4479 | default: | |
4480 | abort (); | |
4481 | } | |
4482 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4483 | \f |
4484 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, | |
4485 | return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory. | |
4486 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic | |
c45a13a6 RK |
4487 | and returning a pseudo-register containing the value. |
4488 | ||
4489 | The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4490 | |
4491 | rtx | |
4492 | force_operand (value, target) | |
4493 | rtx value, target; | |
4494 | { | |
4495 | register optab binoptab = 0; | |
4496 | /* Use a temporary to force order of execution of calls to | |
4497 | `force_operand'. */ | |
4498 | rtx tmp; | |
4499 | register rtx op2; | |
4500 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
4501 | register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
4502 | ||
4503 | if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS) | |
4504 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
4505 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS) | |
4506 | binoptab = sub_optab; | |
4507 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT) | |
4508 | { | |
4509 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
4510 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
4511 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
4512 | subtarget = 0; | |
4513 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
4514 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 4515 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
4516 | target, 0); |
4517 | } | |
4518 | ||
4519 | if (binoptab) | |
4520 | { | |
4521 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
4522 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
4523 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
4524 | subtarget = 0; | |
4525 | if (binoptab == sub_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT) | |
4526 | { | |
4527 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
4528 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); | |
4529 | } | |
4530 | ||
4531 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
4532 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that | |
4533 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
4534 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
4535 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
4536 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
4537 | if (binoptab == add_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT | |
4538 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS | |
4539 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG | |
4540 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
4541 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
4542 | { | |
4543 | rtx temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, | |
4544 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
4545 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4546 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, temp, | |
4547 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 1), 0), | |
4548 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
4549 | } | |
4550 | ||
4551 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
4552 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 4553 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 | 4554 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
8008b228 | 4555 | /* We give UNSIGNEDP = 0 to expand_binop |
bbf6f052 RK |
4556 | because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones. */ |
4557 | } | |
4558 | return value; | |
4559 | } | |
4560 | \f | |
4561 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
4562 | save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
4563 | which can restore these values to their previous values, | |
4564 | should something modify their storage. */ | |
4565 | ||
4566 | static tree | |
4567 | save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
4568 | tree lhs; | |
4569 | tree list; | |
4570 | { | |
4571 | tree tail; | |
4572 | tree parts = 0; | |
4573 | ||
4574 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
4575 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
4576 | parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
4577 | else | |
4578 | { | |
4579 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
4580 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 4581 | tree to_be_saved = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
06089a8b | 4582 | rtx target = assign_temp (part_type, 0, 1, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 4583 | if (! memory_address_p (TYPE_MODE (part_type), XEXP (target, 0))) |
906c4e36 | 4584 | target = change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (part_type), NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 4585 | parts = tree_cons (to_be_saved, |
906c4e36 RK |
4586 | build (RTL_EXPR, part_type, NULL_TREE, |
4587 | (tree) target), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4588 | parts); |
4589 | store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0); | |
4590 | } | |
4591 | return parts; | |
4592 | } | |
4593 | ||
4594 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
4595 | record the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
4596 | which specifies the initial values of these parts. */ | |
4597 | ||
4598 | static tree | |
4599 | init_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
4600 | tree lhs; | |
4601 | tree list; | |
4602 | { | |
4603 | tree tail; | |
4604 | tree parts = 0; | |
4605 | ||
4606 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
4607 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
4608 | parts = chainon (parts, init_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
4609 | else | |
4610 | { | |
4611 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
4612 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 4613 | tree to_be_initialized = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4614 | parts = tree_cons (TREE_PURPOSE (tail), to_be_initialized, parts); |
4615 | } | |
4616 | return parts; | |
4617 | } | |
4618 | ||
4619 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that | |
e5e809f4 JL |
4620 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. TOP_P is nonzero if this |
4621 | call is going to be used to determine whether we need a temporary | |
4622 | for EXP, as opposed to a recursive call to this function. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4623 | |
4624 | static int | |
e5e809f4 | 4625 | safe_from_p (x, exp, top_p) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4626 | rtx x; |
4627 | tree exp; | |
e5e809f4 | 4628 | int top_p; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4629 | { |
4630 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
4631 | int i, nops; | |
4632 | ||
6676e72f RK |
4633 | if (x == 0 |
4634 | /* If EXP has varying size, we MUST use a target since we currently | |
8f6562d0 PB |
4635 | have no way of allocating temporaries of variable size |
4636 | (except for arrays that have TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE set). | |
4637 | So we assume here that something at a higher level has prevented a | |
f4510f37 | 4638 | clash. This is somewhat bogus, but the best we can do. Only |
e5e809f4 JL |
4639 | do this when X is BLKmode and when we are at the top level. */ |
4640 | || (top_p && TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 | |
f4510f37 | 4641 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST |
8f6562d0 PB |
4642 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != ARRAY_TYPE |
4643 | || TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == NULL_TREE | |
4644 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
4645 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
f4510f37 | 4646 | && GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4647 | return 1; |
4648 | ||
4649 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, | |
4650 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
4651 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
4652 | { | |
4653 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
4654 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4655 | return 0; | |
4656 | } | |
4657 | ||
4658 | /* If X is a location in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
4659 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
4660 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx | |
4661 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
4662 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx))) | |
4663 | return 1; | |
4664 | ||
4665 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) | |
4666 | { | |
4667 | case 'd': | |
4668 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp); | |
4669 | break; | |
4670 | ||
4671 | case 'c': | |
4672 | return 1; | |
4673 | ||
4674 | case 'x': | |
4675 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) | |
f32fd778 | 4676 | return ((TREE_VALUE (exp) == 0 |
e5e809f4 | 4677 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 4678 | && (TREE_CHAIN (exp) == 0 |
e5e809f4 | 4679 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_CHAIN (exp), 0))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4680 | else |
4681 | return 0; | |
4682 | ||
4683 | case '1': | |
e5e809f4 | 4684 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4685 | |
4686 | case '2': | |
4687 | case '<': | |
e5e809f4 JL |
4688 | return (safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) |
4689 | && safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4690 | |
4691 | case 'e': | |
4692 | case 'r': | |
4693 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in | |
4694 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
4695 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
4696 | expression recursively. */ | |
4697 | ||
4698 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
4699 | { | |
4700 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 4701 | return (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
e5e809f4 JL |
4702 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) |
4703 | || TREE_STATIC (exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4704 | |
4705 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
4706 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
4707 | return 0; | |
4708 | break; | |
4709 | ||
4710 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
4711 | exp_rtl = CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
4712 | if (exp_rtl == 0) | |
4713 | { | |
4714 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and | |
4715 | all of memory. */ | |
4716 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4717 | || GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
4718 | return 0; | |
4719 | } | |
4720 | ||
4721 | break; | |
4722 | ||
4723 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
3bb5826a RK |
4724 | /* If a sequence exists, we would have to scan every instruction |
4725 | in the sequence to see if it was safe. This is probably not | |
4726 | worthwhile. */ | |
4727 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4728 | return 0; |
4729 | ||
3bb5826a | 4730 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4731 | break; |
4732 | ||
4733 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
4734 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
4735 | break; | |
4736 | ||
5dab5552 | 4737 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
e5e809f4 | 4738 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
5dab5552 | 4739 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4740 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
4741 | exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
4742 | break; | |
4743 | ||
8129842c RS |
4744 | case BIND_EXPR: |
4745 | /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't | |
4746 | part of the expression. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 4747 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); |
8129842c | 4748 | |
bbf6f052 | 4749 | case METHOD_CALL_EXPR: |
0f41302f | 4750 | /* This takes a rtx argument, but shouldn't appear here. */ |
bbf6f052 | 4751 | abort (); |
e9a25f70 JL |
4752 | |
4753 | default: | |
4754 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4755 | } |
4756 | ||
4757 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
4758 | if (exp_rtl) | |
4759 | break; | |
4760 | ||
4761 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; | |
4762 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
4763 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
e5e809f4 | 4764 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i), 0)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4765 | return 0; |
4766 | } | |
4767 | ||
4768 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
4769 | with it. */ | |
4770 | if (exp_rtl) | |
4771 | { | |
4772 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
4773 | { | |
4774 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
4775 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG | |
4776 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4777 | return 0; | |
4778 | } | |
4779 | ||
4780 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
4781 | are memory and EXP is not readonly. */ | |
4782 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) | |
4783 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM | |
4784 | && ! TREE_READONLY (exp))); | |
4785 | } | |
4786 | ||
4787 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
4788 | return 1; | |
4789 | } | |
4790 | ||
4791 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff EXP is an | |
4792 | expression whose type is statically determinable. */ | |
4793 | ||
4794 | static int | |
4795 | fixed_type_p (exp) | |
4796 | tree exp; | |
4797 | { | |
4798 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PARM_DECL | |
4799 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == VAR_DECL | |
4800 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CALL_EXPR || TREE_CODE (exp) == TARGET_EXPR | |
4801 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF | |
4802 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) | |
4803 | return 1; | |
4804 | return 0; | |
4805 | } | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
4806 | |
4807 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return rtx if EXP is a | |
4808 | variable or parameter; else return 0. */ | |
4809 | ||
4810 | static rtx | |
4811 | var_rtx (exp) | |
4812 | tree exp; | |
4813 | { | |
4814 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
4815 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
4816 | { | |
4817 | case PARM_DECL: | |
4818 | case VAR_DECL: | |
4819 | return DECL_RTL (exp); | |
4820 | default: | |
4821 | return 0; | |
4822 | } | |
4823 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4824 | \f |
4825 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. | |
4826 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
4827 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
4828 | ||
4829 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
4830 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
4831 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
4832 | ||
4833 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
4834 | ||
4835 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
4836 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
4837 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
4838 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
4839 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
4840 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
4841 | Note that TARGET may have neither TMODE nor MODE. In that case, it |
4842 | probably will not be used. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4843 | |
4844 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
4845 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
4846 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
4847 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
4848 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
4849 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
4850 | ||
4851 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
4852 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 4853 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
d6a5ac33 RK |
4854 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. |
4855 | ||
4856 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
4857 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
4858 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4859 | |
4860 | rtx | |
4861 | expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier) | |
4862 | register tree exp; | |
4863 | rtx target; | |
4864 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
4865 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
4866 | { | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4867 | /* Chain of pending expressions for PLACEHOLDER_EXPR to replace. |
4868 | This is static so it will be accessible to our recursive callees. */ | |
4869 | static tree placeholder_list = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4870 | register rtx op0, op1, temp; |
4871 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
4872 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
4873 | register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
4874 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
4875 | optab this_optab; | |
4876 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
4877 | rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
4878 | rtx original_target = target; | |
dd27116b RK |
4879 | int ignore = (target == const0_rtx |
4880 | || ((code == NON_LVALUE_EXPR || code == NOP_EXPR | |
4d87de75 RS |
4881 | || code == CONVERT_EXPR || code == REFERENCE_EXPR |
4882 | || code == COND_EXPR) | |
dd27116b | 4883 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); |
bbf6f052 | 4884 | tree context; |
921b3427 RK |
4885 | /* Used by check-memory-usage to make modifier read only. */ |
4886 | enum expand_modifier ro_modifier; | |
bbf6f052 | 4887 | |
921b3427 RK |
4888 | /* Make a read-only version of the modifier. */ |
4889 | if (modifier == EXPAND_NORMAL || modifier == EXPAND_SUM | |
4890 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
4891 | ro_modifier = modifier; | |
4892 | else | |
4893 | ro_modifier = EXPAND_NORMAL; | |
ca695ac9 | 4894 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4895 | /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner |
4896 | can only handle pseudo regs. */ | |
4897 | if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4898 | subtarget = 0; | |
4899 | /* Avoid subtargets inside loops, | |
4900 | since they hide some invariant expressions. */ | |
4901 | if (preserve_subexpressions_p ()) | |
4902 | subtarget = 0; | |
4903 | ||
dd27116b RK |
4904 | /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something |
4905 | if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4906 | is, short-circuit the most common cases here. Note that we must |
4907 | not call expand_expr with anything but const0_rtx in case this | |
4908 | is an initial expansion of a size that contains a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 4909 | |
dd27116b RK |
4910 | if (ignore) |
4911 | { | |
4912 | if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp)) | |
4913 | return const0_rtx; | |
4914 | ||
4915 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored. */ | |
4916 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | |
4917 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
4918 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) | |
4919 | { | |
921b3427 | 4920 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
4921 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) |
4922 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
4923 | return const0_rtx; | |
4924 | } | |
4925 | ||
4926 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
4927 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, | |
921b3427 | 4928 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
4929 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' |
4930 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
4931 | { | |
921b3427 RK |
4932 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
4933 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
dd27116b RK |
4934 | return const0_rtx; |
4935 | } | |
4936 | else if ((code == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR || code == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR) | |
4937 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4938 | /* If the second operand has no side effects, just evaluate | |
0f41302f | 4939 | the first. */ |
dd27116b | 4940 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, |
921b3427 | 4941 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b | 4942 | |
90764a87 | 4943 | target = 0; |
dd27116b | 4944 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4945 | |
e44842fe RK |
4946 | /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers |
4947 | since 1) that allows cse to find more things | |
4948 | and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine | |
4949 | cannot support. */ | |
4950 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4951 | if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target |
4952 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
4953 | target = subtarget; | |
4954 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4955 | switch (code) |
4956 | { | |
4957 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
b552441b RS |
4958 | { |
4959 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
4960 | /* Handle using a label in a containing function. */ | |
d0977240 RK |
4961 | if (function != current_function_decl |
4962 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
b552441b RS |
4963 | { |
4964 | struct function *p = find_function_data (function); | |
4965 | /* Allocate in the memory associated with the function | |
4966 | that the label is in. */ | |
4967 | push_obstacks (p->function_obstack, | |
4968 | p->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
4969 | ||
38a448ca RH |
4970 | p->forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
4971 | label_rtx (exp), | |
4972 | p->forced_labels); | |
b552441b RS |
4973 | pop_obstacks (); |
4974 | } | |
4975 | else if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
38a448ca RH |
4976 | forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
4977 | label_rtx (exp), forced_labels); | |
4978 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, | |
4979 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, label_rtx (exp))); | |
d0977240 RK |
4980 | if (function != current_function_decl |
4981 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
26fcb35a RS |
4982 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1; |
4983 | return temp; | |
b552441b | 4984 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4985 | |
4986 | case PARM_DECL: | |
4987 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
4988 | { | |
4989 | error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'"); | |
4af3895e | 4990 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4991 | } |
4992 | ||
0f41302f | 4993 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 4994 | |
bbf6f052 | 4995 | case VAR_DECL: |
2dca20cd RS |
4996 | /* If a static var's type was incomplete when the decl was written, |
4997 | but the type is complete now, lay out the decl now. */ | |
4998 | if (DECL_SIZE (exp) == 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 | |
4999 | && (TREE_STATIC (exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))) | |
5000 | { | |
5001 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
5002 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
5003 | layout_decl (exp, 0); | |
5004 | PUT_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp), DECL_MODE (exp)); | |
5005 | pop_obstacks (); | |
5006 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 5007 | |
921b3427 RK |
5008 | /* Only check automatic variables. Currently, function arguments are |
5009 | not checked (this can be done at compile-time with prototypes). | |
5010 | Aggregates are not checked. */ | |
5011 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && code == VAR_DECL | |
5012 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5013 | && DECL_CONTEXT (exp) != NULL_TREE | |
5014 | && ! TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
5015 | && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
5016 | { | |
5017 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
5018 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
5019 | ||
5020 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
5021 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
5022 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0), ptr_mode, | |
5023 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), | |
5024 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
5025 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
5026 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
5027 | } |
5028 | ||
0f41302f | 5029 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 5030 | |
2dca20cd | 5031 | case FUNCTION_DECL: |
bbf6f052 RK |
5032 | case RESULT_DECL: |
5033 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5034 | abort (); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5035 | |
e44842fe RK |
5036 | /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through |
5037 | a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external | |
5038 | definition. */ | |
5039 | if (! TREE_USED (exp)) | |
5040 | { | |
5041 | assemble_external (exp); | |
5042 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
5043 | } | |
5044 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5045 | /* Show we haven't gotten RTL for this yet. */ |
5046 | temp = 0; | |
5047 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5048 | /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */ |
5049 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
5050 | ||
5051 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
5052 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
5053 | are being merged into the current function. | |
5054 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5055 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5056 | if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl |
5057 | && context != inline_function_decl | |
5058 | /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */ | |
5059 | && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5060 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
5061 | { | |
5062 | rtx addr; | |
5063 | ||
5064 | /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */ | |
81feeecb | 5065 | DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1; |
38ee6ed9 JM |
5066 | if (DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl)) |
5067 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5068 | mark_addressable (exp); |
5069 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) | |
5070 | abort (); | |
5071 | addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
5072 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM) | |
38a448ca RH |
5073 | addr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, |
5074 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5075 | else |
5076 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp); | |
dc6d66b3 | 5077 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), mode, addr); |
bbf6f052 | 5078 | } |
4af3895e | 5079 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5080 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
5081 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
5082 | See expand_decl. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5083 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5084 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5085 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG) | |
5086 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)), | |
bbf6f052 | 5087 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)); |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5088 | |
5089 | /* If DECL_RTL is memory, we are in the normal case and either | |
5090 | the address is not valid or it is not a register and -fforce-addr | |
5091 | is specified, get the address into a register. */ | |
5092 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5093 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5094 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5095 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
5096 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5097 | && (! memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), | |
5098 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) | |
5099 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5100 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
5101 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, | |
d6a5ac33 | 5102 | copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))); |
1499e0a8 | 5103 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5104 | /* If we got something, return it. But first, set the alignment |
5105 | the address is a register. */ | |
5106 | if (temp != 0) | |
5107 | { | |
5108 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
5109 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (temp, 0), | |
5110 | DECL_ALIGN (exp) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
5111 | ||
5112 | return temp; | |
5113 | } | |
5114 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
5115 | /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, it |
5116 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
5117 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ | |
5118 | ||
5119 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
5120 | && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
5121 | { | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5122 | /* Get the signedness used for this variable. Ensure we get the |
5123 | same mode we got when the variable was declared. */ | |
78911e8b RK |
5124 | if (GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) |
5125 | != promote_mode (type, DECL_MODE (exp), &unsignedp, 0)) | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5126 | abort (); |
5127 | ||
38a448ca | 5128 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, DECL_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
5129 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5130 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5131 | return temp; | |
5132 | } | |
5133 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5134 | return DECL_RTL (exp); |
5135 | ||
5136 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
5137 | return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), | |
5138 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), | |
5139 | mode); | |
5140 | ||
5141 | case CONST_DECL: | |
921b3427 RK |
5142 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, |
5143 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5144 | |
5145 | case REAL_CST: | |
5146 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
5147 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. | |
5148 | ||
5149 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But | |
5150 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
5151 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
5152 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
5153 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
5154 | ||
5155 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ | |
5156 | return immed_real_const (exp); | |
5157 | ||
5158 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
5159 | case STRING_CST: | |
5160 | if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) | |
5161 | output_constant_def (exp); | |
5162 | ||
5163 | /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address. | |
5164 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, | |
5165 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
5166 | if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5167 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5168 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5169 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5170 | && (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) |
5171 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5172 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5173 | return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, |
5174 | copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
5175 | return TREE_CST_RTL (exp); | |
5176 | ||
bf1e5319 APB |
5177 | case EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION: |
5178 | if (EXPR_WFL_EMIT_LINE_NOTE (exp)) | |
5179 | emit_line_note (EXPR_WFL_FILENAME (exp), EXPR_WFL_LINENO (exp)); | |
5180 | return expand_expr (EXPR_WFL_NODE (exp), target, tmode, modifier); | |
5181 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5182 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
5183 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5184 | |
d0977240 RK |
5185 | /* If this SAVE_EXPR was at global context, assume we are an |
5186 | initialization function and move it into our context. */ | |
5187 | if (context == 0) | |
5188 | SAVE_EXPR_CONTEXT (exp) = current_function_decl; | |
5189 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5190 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function |
5191 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
5192 | are being merged into the current function. | |
5193 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
5194 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
5195 | context = 0; | |
5196 | ||
5197 | /* If this is non-local, handle it. */ | |
5198 | if (context) | |
5199 | { | |
d0977240 RK |
5200 | /* The following call just exists to abort if the context is |
5201 | not of a containing function. */ | |
5202 | find_function_data (context); | |
5203 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5204 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
5205 | if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
5206 | { | |
5207 | put_var_into_stack (exp); | |
5208 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5209 | } | |
5210 | if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
5211 | abort (); | |
5212 | return change_address (temp, mode, | |
5213 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp)); | |
5214 | } | |
5215 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5216 | { | |
06089a8b RK |
5217 | if (mode == VOIDmode) |
5218 | temp = const0_rtx; | |
5219 | else | |
e5e809f4 | 5220 | temp = assign_temp (type, 3, 0, 0); |
1499e0a8 | 5221 | |
bbf6f052 | 5222 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 5223 | if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) |
38a448ca RH |
5224 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, temp, |
5225 | save_expr_regs); | |
ff78f773 RK |
5226 | |
5227 | /* If the mode of TEMP does not match that of the expression, it | |
5228 | must be a promoted value. We pass store_expr a SUBREG of the | |
5229 | wanted mode but mark it so that we know that it was already | |
5230 | extended. Note that `unsignedp' was modified above in | |
5231 | this case. */ | |
5232 | ||
5233 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && GET_MODE (temp) != mode) | |
5234 | { | |
38a448ca | 5235 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
ff78f773 RK |
5236 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5237 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5238 | } | |
5239 | ||
4c7a0be9 | 5240 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
921b3427 RK |
5241 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
5242 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
4c7a0be9 JW |
5243 | else |
5244 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, 0); | |
e5e809f4 JL |
5245 | |
5246 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 5247 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
5248 | |
5249 | /* If the mode of SAVE_EXPR_RTL does not match that of the expression, it | |
5250 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
0f41302f | 5251 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ |
1499e0a8 RK |
5252 | |
5253 | if (GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
5254 | && GET_MODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
5255 | { | |
e70d22c8 RK |
5256 | /* Compute the signedness and make the proper SUBREG. */ |
5257 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
38a448ca | 5258 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
5259 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5260 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5261 | return temp; | |
5262 | } | |
5263 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5264 | return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
5265 | ||
679163cf MS |
5266 | case UNSAVE_EXPR: |
5267 | { | |
5268 | rtx temp; | |
5269 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); | |
5270 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = unsave_expr_now (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
5271 | return temp; | |
5272 | } | |
5273 | ||
b50d17a1 | 5274 | case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: |
e9a25f70 JL |
5275 | { |
5276 | tree placeholder_expr; | |
5277 | ||
5278 | /* If there is an object on the head of the placeholder list, | |
e5e809f4 | 5279 | see if some object in it of type TYPE or a pointer to it. For |
e9a25f70 JL |
5280 | further information, see tree.def. */ |
5281 | for (placeholder_expr = placeholder_list; | |
5282 | placeholder_expr != 0; | |
5283 | placeholder_expr = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr)) | |
5284 | { | |
5285 | tree need_type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); | |
5286 | tree object = 0; | |
5287 | tree old_list = placeholder_list; | |
5288 | tree elt; | |
5289 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
5290 | /* Find the outermost reference that is of the type we want. |
5291 | If none, see if any object has a type that is a pointer to | |
5292 | the type we want. */ | |
5293 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); | |
5294 | elt != 0 && object == 0; | |
5295 | elt | |
5296 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
5297 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
5298 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
5299 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
5300 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
5301 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
5302 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
5303 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
5304 | if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (elt)) == need_type) | |
5305 | object = elt; | |
e9a25f70 | 5306 | |
e9a25f70 | 5307 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); |
e5e809f4 JL |
5308 | elt != 0 && object == 0; |
5309 | elt | |
5310 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
5311 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
5312 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
5313 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
5314 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
5315 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
5316 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
5317 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
5318 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt)) | |
5319 | && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (elt))) | |
e9a25f70 | 5320 | == need_type)) |
e5e809f4 | 5321 | object = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, need_type, elt); |
dc500fa1 | 5322 | |
e9a25f70 | 5323 | if (object != 0) |
2cde2255 | 5324 | { |
e9a25f70 JL |
5325 | /* Expand this object skipping the list entries before |
5326 | it was found in case it is also a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. | |
5327 | In that case, we want to translate it using subsequent | |
5328 | entries. */ | |
5329 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr); | |
5330 | temp = expand_expr (object, original_target, tmode, | |
5331 | ro_modifier); | |
5332 | placeholder_list = old_list; | |
5333 | return temp; | |
2cde2255 | 5334 | } |
e9a25f70 JL |
5335 | } |
5336 | } | |
b50d17a1 RK |
5337 | |
5338 | /* We can't find the object or there was a missing WITH_RECORD_EXPR. */ | |
5339 | abort (); | |
5340 | ||
5341 | case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: | |
5342 | /* Put the object on the placeholder list, expand our first operand, | |
5343 | and pop the list. */ | |
5344 | placeholder_list = tree_cons (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_TREE, | |
5345 | placeholder_list); | |
5346 | target = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, | |
921b3427 | 5347 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
b50d17a1 RK |
5348 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_list); |
5349 | return target; | |
5350 | ||
bbf6f052 | 5351 | case EXIT_EXPR: |
e44842fe RK |
5352 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (NULL_PTR, |
5353 | invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5354 | return const0_rtx; |
5355 | ||
5356 | case LOOP_EXPR: | |
0088fcb1 | 5357 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5358 | expand_start_loop (1); |
5359 | expand_expr_stmt (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
5360 | expand_end_loop (); | |
0088fcb1 | 5361 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5362 | |
5363 | return const0_rtx; | |
5364 | ||
5365 | case BIND_EXPR: | |
5366 | { | |
5367 | tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
5368 | int vars_need_expansion = 0; | |
5369 | ||
5370 | /* Need to open a binding contour here because | |
e976b8b2 | 5371 | if there are any cleanups they must be contained here. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5372 | expand_start_bindings (0); |
5373 | ||
2df53c0b RS |
5374 | /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output in its proper place. */ |
5375 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0 | |
5376 | && ! TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
5377 | insert_block (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5378 | |
5379 | /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */ | |
5380 | while (vars) | |
5381 | { | |
5382 | if (DECL_RTL (vars) == 0) | |
5383 | { | |
5384 | vars_need_expansion = 1; | |
5385 | expand_decl (vars); | |
5386 | } | |
5387 | expand_decl_init (vars); | |
5388 | vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars); | |
5389 | } | |
5390 | ||
921b3427 | 5391 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5392 | |
5393 | expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0); | |
5394 | ||
5395 | return temp; | |
5396 | } | |
5397 | ||
5398 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
83b853c9 JM |
5399 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) |
5400 | { | |
5401 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx) | |
5402 | abort (); | |
5403 | emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)); | |
5404 | RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx; | |
5405 | } | |
99310285 | 5406 | preserve_rtl_expr_result (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
ca814259 | 5407 | free_temps_for_rtl_expr (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5408 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
5409 | ||
5410 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
dd27116b RK |
5411 | /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any |
5412 | subexpressions. */ | |
5413 | if (ignore) | |
5414 | { | |
5415 | tree elt; | |
5416 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
921b3427 RK |
5417 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
5418 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
dd27116b RK |
5419 | return const0_rtx; |
5420 | } | |
3207b172 | 5421 | |
4af3895e JVA |
5422 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But |
5423 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
5424 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
3207b172 | 5425 | fold. Likewise, if we have a target we can use, it is best to |
d720b9d1 RK |
5426 | store directly into the target unless the type is large enough |
5427 | that memcpy will be used. If we are making an initializer and | |
3207b172 | 5428 | all operands are constant, put it in memory as well. */ |
dd27116b | 5429 | else if ((TREE_STATIC (exp) |
3207b172 | 5430 | && ((mode == BLKmode |
e5e809f4 | 5431 | && ! (target != 0 && safe_from_p (target, exp, 1))) |
d720b9d1 RK |
5432 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) |
5433 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST | |
5434 | && (move_by_pieces_ninsns | |
67225c15 RK |
5435 | (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type))/BITS_PER_UNIT, |
5436 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
9de08200 RK |
5437 | > MOVE_RATIO) |
5438 | && ! mostly_zeros_p (exp)))) | |
dd27116b | 5439 | || (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER && TREE_CONSTANT (exp))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5440 | { |
5441 | rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp); | |
b552441b RS |
5442 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
5443 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5444 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5445 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor), |
5446 | XEXP (constructor, 0)) | |
5447 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5448 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (constructor, 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5449 | constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode, |
5450 | XEXP (constructor, 0)); | |
5451 | return constructor; | |
5452 | } | |
5453 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5454 | else |
5455 | { | |
e9ac02a6 JW |
5456 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous |
5457 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 5458 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
e9ac02a6 | 5459 | || GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) |
06089a8b RK |
5460 | { |
5461 | if (mode != BLKmode && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) | |
5462 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
5463 | else | |
5464 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
5465 | } | |
07604beb RK |
5466 | |
5467 | if (TREE_READONLY (exp)) | |
5468 | { | |
9151b3bf | 5469 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
5470 | target = copy_rtx (target); |
5471 | ||
07604beb RK |
5472 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (target) = 1; |
5473 | } | |
5474 | ||
e1a43f73 | 5475 | store_constructor (exp, target, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5476 | return target; |
5477 | } | |
5478 | ||
5479 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
5480 | { | |
5481 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
5482 | tree exp2; | |
7581a30f JW |
5483 | tree index; |
5484 | tree string = string_constant (exp1, &index); | |
5485 | int i; | |
5486 | ||
5487 | if (string | |
5488 | && TREE_CODE (string) == STRING_CST | |
5489 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5490 | && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) | |
5491 | && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string) | |
5492 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5493 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
5494 | return GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (string)[i]); | |
bbf6f052 | 5495 | |
405f0da6 JW |
5496 | op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
5497 | op0 = memory_address (mode, op0); | |
8c8a8e34 | 5498 | |
921b3427 RK |
5499 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
5500 | { | |
5501 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
5502 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
5503 | ||
5504 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
c85f7c16 JL |
5505 | { |
5506 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; | |
5507 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
5508 | op0, ptr_mode, | |
5509 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), | |
5510 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
5511 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), | |
5512 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
5513 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
5514 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
5515 | } |
5516 | ||
38a448ca | 5517 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5518 | /* If address was computed by addition, |
5519 | mark this as an element of an aggregate. */ | |
5520 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
5521 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR | |
5522 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
05e3bdb9 | 5523 | || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5524 | || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == ADDR_EXPR |
5525 | && (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) | |
05e3bdb9 | 5526 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp2)))) |
8c8a8e34 | 5527 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (temp) = 1; |
2c4c436a | 5528 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | flag_volatile; |
1125706f RK |
5529 | |
5530 | /* It is incorrect to set RTX_UNCHANGING_P from TREE_READONLY | |
5531 | here, because, in C and C++, the fact that a location is accessed | |
5532 | through a pointer to const does not mean that the value there can | |
5533 | never change. Languages where it can never change should | |
5534 | also set TREE_STATIC. */ | |
5cb7a25a | 5535 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp) & TREE_STATIC (exp); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5536 | return temp; |
5537 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5538 | |
5539 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
742920c7 RK |
5540 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE) |
5541 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 5542 | |
bbf6f052 | 5543 | { |
742920c7 RK |
5544 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5545 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
5546 | tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
5547 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5548 | tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
08293add | 5549 | HOST_WIDE_INT i; |
b50d17a1 | 5550 | |
d4c89139 PB |
5551 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
5552 | ||
5553 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
5554 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
5555 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
5556 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
5557 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) | |
5558 | ||
5559 | But sizetype isn't quite right either (especially if | |
5560 | the lowbound is negative). FIXME */ | |
5561 | ||
742920c7 | 5562 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
d4c89139 PB |
5563 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, |
5564 | convert (sizetype, low_bound))); | |
742920c7 | 5565 | |
742920c7 | 5566 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
5567 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. |
5568 | Don't fold if this is for wide characters since it's too | |
5569 | difficult to do correctly and this is a very rare case. */ | |
742920c7 RK |
5570 | |
5571 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST | |
5572 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5573 | && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) | |
307b821c | 5574 | && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (array) |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
5575 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5576 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
307b821c | 5577 | return GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (array)[i]); |
bbf6f052 | 5578 | |
742920c7 RK |
5579 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, |
5580 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
5581 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
5582 | that was declared const. */ | |
4af3895e | 5583 | |
742920c7 RK |
5584 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array)) |
5585 | { | |
5586 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5587 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0) | |
5588 | { | |
5589 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
5590 | ||
5591 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
5592 | while (elem && i--) | |
5593 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); | |
5594 | if (elem) | |
5595 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
921b3427 | 5596 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
5597 | } |
5598 | } | |
4af3895e | 5599 | |
742920c7 RK |
5600 | else if (optimize >= 1 |
5601 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
5602 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
5603 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK) | |
5604 | { | |
08293add | 5605 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
742920c7 RK |
5606 | { |
5607 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
5608 | ||
5609 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
5610 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
5611 | { | |
5612 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); | |
5613 | ||
03dc44a6 RS |
5614 | while (elem |
5615 | && !tree_int_cst_equal (TREE_PURPOSE (elem), index)) | |
742920c7 RK |
5616 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); |
5617 | if (elem) | |
5618 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
921b3427 | 5619 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
5620 | } |
5621 | else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST | |
08293add RK |
5622 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0 |
5623 | && (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index) | |
5624 | < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))) | |
5625 | return (GEN_INT | |
5626 | (TREE_STRING_POINTER | |
5627 | (init)[TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)])); | |
742920c7 RK |
5628 | } |
5629 | } | |
5630 | } | |
8c8a8e34 | 5631 | |
08293add | 5632 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5633 | |
5634 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
5635 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
4af3895e | 5636 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the |
7a0b7b9a RK |
5637 | appropriate field if it is present. Don't do this if we have |
5638 | already written the data since we want to refer to that copy | |
5639 | and varasm.c assumes that's what we'll do. */ | |
4af3895e | 5640 | if (code != ARRAY_REF |
7a0b7b9a RK |
5641 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR |
5642 | && TREE_CST_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == 0) | |
4af3895e JVA |
5643 | { |
5644 | tree elt; | |
5645 | ||
5646 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
5647 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
86b5812c RK |
5648 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) |
5649 | /* We can normally use the value of the field in the | |
5650 | CONSTRUCTOR. However, if this is a bitfield in | |
5651 | an integral mode that we can fit in a HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
5652 | we must mask only the number of bits in the bitfield, | |
5653 | since this is done implicitly by the constructor. If | |
5654 | the bitfield does not meet either of those conditions, | |
5655 | we can't do this optimization. */ | |
5656 | && (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) | |
5657 | || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
5658 | == MODE_INT) | |
5659 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
5660 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)))) | |
5661 | { | |
5662 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier); | |
5663 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
5664 | { | |
5665 | int bitsize = DECL_FIELD_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)); | |
86b5812c RK |
5666 | |
5667 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)))) | |
5668 | { | |
5669 | op1 = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); | |
5670 | op0 = expand_and (op0, op1, target); | |
5671 | } | |
5672 | else | |
5673 | { | |
e5e809f4 JL |
5674 | enum machine_mode imode |
5675 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
86b5812c | 5676 | tree count |
e5e809f4 JL |
5677 | = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode) - bitsize, |
5678 | 0); | |
86b5812c RK |
5679 | |
5680 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
5681 | target, 0); | |
5682 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
5683 | target, 0); | |
5684 | } | |
5685 | } | |
5686 | ||
5687 | return op0; | |
5688 | } | |
4af3895e JVA |
5689 | } |
5690 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5691 | { |
5692 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
5693 | int bitsize; | |
5694 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 5695 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 | 5696 | int volatilep = 0; |
034f9101 | 5697 | int alignment; |
839c4796 RK |
5698 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
5699 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
5700 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 5701 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
5702 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps |
5703 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
5704 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
5705 | if (tem == exp) | |
5706 | abort (); | |
5707 | ||
3d27140a | 5708 | /* If TEM's type is a union of variable size, pass TARGET to the inner |
b74f5ff2 RK |
5709 | computation, since it will need a temporary and TARGET is known |
5710 | to have to do. This occurs in unchecked conversion in Ada. */ | |
5711 | ||
5712 | op0 = expand_expr (tem, | |
5713 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
5714 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) | |
5715 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
5716 | ? target : NULL_RTX), | |
4ed67205 | 5717 | VOIDmode, |
e5e809f4 JL |
5718 | modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
5719 | ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
bbf6f052 | 5720 | |
8c8a8e34 | 5721 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a |
8008b228 | 5722 | legitimate constant and memory if it isn't. */ |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5723 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
5724 | { | |
5725 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
f2878c6b | 5726 | if (mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
8c8a8e34 JW |
5727 | op0 = force_reg (mode, op0); |
5728 | else | |
5729 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0)); | |
5730 | } | |
5731 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
5732 | if (offset != 0) |
5733 | { | |
906c4e36 | 5734 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
5735 | |
5736 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) | |
5737 | abort (); | |
2d48c13d JL |
5738 | |
5739 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
5740 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
5741 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 1); | |
5742 | #else | |
5743 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
5744 | #endif | |
5745 | ||
7bb0943f | 5746 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, |
38a448ca RH |
5747 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (op0, 0), |
5748 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f RS |
5749 | } |
5750 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5751 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ |
5752 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
5753 | { | |
5754 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
5755 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; | |
5756 | } | |
5757 | ||
921b3427 RK |
5758 | /* Check the access. */ |
5759 | if (flag_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
5760 | { | |
5761 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
5762 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
5763 | ||
5764 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
5765 | { | |
5766 | rtx to; | |
5767 | int size; | |
5768 | ||
5769 | to = plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
5770 | size = (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) + bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1; | |
5771 | ||
5772 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
5773 | if (size > BITS_PER_UNIT) |
5774 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
5775 | to, ptr_mode, | |
5776 | GEN_INT (size / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
5777 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
5778 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
5779 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
5780 | } |
5781 | } | |
5782 | ||
ccc98036 RS |
5783 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object |
5784 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
5785 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
5786 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
5787 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
f2420d0b JW |
5788 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. |
5789 | If we ultimately want the address (EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS or | |
5790 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER), then we must not copy to a temporary. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5791 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode |
ccc98036 | 5792 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
f9409c3a | 5793 | || (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
f9409c3a | 5794 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
c2722ef6 RK |
5795 | && ((mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] |
5796 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
5797 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
f9409c3a JW |
5798 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref, |
5799 | fetch it as a bit field. */ | |
5800 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
5801 | && ((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
5802 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0)))))) | |
bbf6f052 | 5803 | { |
bbf6f052 RK |
5804 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; |
5805 | ||
5806 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
5807 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); | |
5808 | ||
5809 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
a281e72d RK |
5810 | { |
5811 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary and | |
5812 | TARGET, if specified, must be a MEM. */ | |
5813 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
5814 | || (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) != MEM) | |
5815 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
5816 | abort (); | |
5817 | ||
5818 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
5819 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
5820 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
5821 | if (target == 0) | |
5822 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
5823 | ||
5824 | emit_block_move (target, op0, | |
5825 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
5826 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
5827 | 1); | |
5828 | ||
5829 | return target; | |
5830 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5831 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5832 | op0 = validize_mem (op0); |
5833 | ||
5834 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) | |
5835 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
5836 | ||
5837 | op0 = extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, | |
bbf6f052 | 5838 | unsignedp, target, ext_mode, ext_mode, |
034f9101 | 5839 | alignment, |
bbf6f052 | 5840 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
ef19912d RK |
5841 | |
5842 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
5843 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
5844 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
5845 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
5846 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
5847 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
5848 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
5849 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) | |
5850 | - bitsize), | |
5851 | op0, 1); | |
5852 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5853 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
5854 | { | |
5855 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp (ext_mode, | |
5856 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
5857 | ||
5858 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
5859 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
5860 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
092dded9 | 5861 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5862 | } |
5863 | ||
5864 | return op0; | |
5865 | } | |
5866 | ||
05019f83 RK |
5867 | /* If the result is BLKmode, use that to access the object |
5868 | now as well. */ | |
5869 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
5870 | mode1 = BLKmode; | |
5871 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5872 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
5873 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5874 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
38a448ca RH |
5875 | op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), |
5876 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5877 | else |
5878 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
5879 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
5880 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5881 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) |
5882 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
5883 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5884 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (op0) = 1; |
5885 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; | |
0d15e60c | 5886 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode |
08bbd316 | 5887 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
0d15e60c | 5888 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
bbf6f052 | 5889 | return op0; |
0d15e60c | 5890 | else if (target == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 5891 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
0d15e60c | 5892 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5893 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); |
5894 | return target; | |
5895 | } | |
5896 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5897 | /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal. |
5898 | But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be | |
5899 | necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */ | |
5900 | case BUFFER_REF: | |
5901 | abort (); | |
5902 | ||
7308a047 | 5903 | case IN_EXPR: |
7308a047 | 5904 | { |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5905 | /* Pascal set IN expression. |
5906 | ||
5907 | Algorithm: | |
5908 | rlo = set_low - (set_low%bits_per_word); | |
5909 | the_word = set [ (index - rlo)/bits_per_word ]; | |
5910 | bit_index = index % bits_per_word; | |
5911 | bitmask = 1 << bit_index; | |
5912 | return !!(the_word & bitmask); */ | |
5913 | ||
7308a047 RS |
5914 | tree set = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5915 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5916 | int iunsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (index)); |
7308a047 | 5917 | tree set_type = TREE_TYPE (set); |
7308a047 RS |
5918 | tree set_low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); |
5919 | tree set_high_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5920 | rtx index_val = expand_expr (index, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
5921 | rtx lo_r = expand_expr (set_low_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
5922 | rtx hi_r = expand_expr (set_high_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
5923 | rtx setval = expand_expr (set, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
5924 | rtx setaddr = XEXP (setval, 0); | |
5925 | enum machine_mode index_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (index)); | |
7308a047 RS |
5926 | rtx rlow; |
5927 | rtx diff, quo, rem, addr, bit, result; | |
7308a047 | 5928 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5929 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
5930 | ||
5931 | /* If domain is empty, answer is no. Likewise if index is constant | |
5932 | and out of bounds. */ | |
51723711 | 5933 | if (((TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
d6a5ac33 | 5934 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
51723711 | 5935 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, set_low_bound)) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5936 | || (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
5937 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
5938 | && tree_int_cst_lt (index, set_low_bound)) | |
5939 | || (TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
5940 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
5941 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, index)))) | |
7308a047 RS |
5942 | return const0_rtx; |
5943 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
5944 | if (target == 0) |
5945 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
7308a047 RS |
5946 | |
5947 | /* If we get here, we have to generate the code for both cases | |
5948 | (in range and out of range). */ | |
5949 | ||
5950 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5951 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5952 | ||
5953 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
5954 | && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
5955 | { | |
17938e57 | 5956 | emit_cmp_insn (index_val, lo_r, LT, NULL_RTX, |
d6a5ac33 | 5957 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0); |
7308a047 RS |
5958 | emit_jump_insn (gen_blt (op1)); |
5959 | } | |
5960 | ||
5961 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
5962 | && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
5963 | { | |
17938e57 | 5964 | emit_cmp_insn (index_val, hi_r, GT, NULL_RTX, |
d6a5ac33 | 5965 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0); |
7308a047 RS |
5966 | emit_jump_insn (gen_bgt (op1)); |
5967 | } | |
5968 | ||
5969 | /* Calculate the element number of bit zero in the first word | |
5970 | of the set. */ | |
5971 | if (GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT) | |
17938e57 RK |
5972 | rlow = GEN_INT (INTVAL (lo_r) |
5973 | & ~ ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
7308a047 | 5974 | else |
17938e57 RK |
5975 | rlow = expand_binop (index_mode, and_optab, lo_r, |
5976 | GEN_INT (~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)), | |
d6a5ac33 | 5977 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7308a047 | 5978 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5979 | diff = expand_binop (index_mode, sub_optab, index_val, rlow, |
5980 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7308a047 RS |
5981 | |
5982 | quo = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, index_mode, diff, | |
d6a5ac33 | 5983 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7308a047 | 5984 | rem = expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, index_mode, index_val, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5985 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
5986 | ||
7308a047 | 5987 | addr = memory_address (byte_mode, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5988 | expand_binop (index_mode, add_optab, diff, |
5989 | setaddr, NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, | |
17938e57 | 5990 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); |
d6a5ac33 | 5991 | |
7308a047 RS |
5992 | /* Extract the bit we want to examine */ |
5993 | bit = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, byte_mode, | |
38a448ca | 5994 | gen_rtx_MEM (byte_mode, addr), |
17938e57 RK |
5995 | make_tree (TREE_TYPE (index), rem), |
5996 | NULL_RTX, 1); | |
5997 | result = expand_binop (byte_mode, and_optab, bit, const1_rtx, | |
5998 | GET_MODE (target) == byte_mode ? target : 0, | |
7308a047 | 5999 | 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
17938e57 RK |
6000 | |
6001 | if (result != target) | |
6002 | convert_move (target, result, 1); | |
7308a047 RS |
6003 | |
6004 | /* Output the code to handle the out-of-range case. */ | |
6005 | emit_jump (op0); | |
6006 | emit_label (op1); | |
6007 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
6008 | emit_label (op0); | |
6009 | return target; | |
6010 | } | |
6011 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6012 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
6013 | if (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6014 | { | |
6015 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) | |
921b3427 | 6016 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
e976b8b2 MS |
6017 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); |
6018 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6019 | /* That's it for this cleanup. */ |
6020 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = 0; | |
6021 | } | |
6022 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
6023 | ||
5dab5552 MS |
6024 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
6025 | { | |
d93d4205 | 6026 | extern int temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 MS |
6027 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup |
6028 | actions to be performed. */ | |
6029 | expand_start_bindings (0); | |
6030 | ||
d93d4205 | 6031 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 | 6032 | |
921b3427 | 6033 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
f283f66b JM |
6034 | /* If we're going to use this value, load it up now. */ |
6035 | if (! ignore) | |
6036 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
d93d4205 | 6037 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
e976b8b2 | 6038 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); |
5dab5552 MS |
6039 | } |
6040 | return op0; | |
6041 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6042 | case CALL_EXPR: |
6043 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ | |
6044 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6045 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
6046 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6047 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
6048 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6049 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6050 | /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls, |
6051 | just return the result we got. */ | |
6052 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
6053 | return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6054 | |
8129842c | 6055 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6056 | |
6057 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
6058 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
6059 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
6060 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6061 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
6062 | { | |
6063 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6064 | if (target == 0) | |
06089a8b RK |
6065 | { |
6066 | if (mode != BLKmode) | |
6067 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
6068 | else | |
6069 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
6070 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6071 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6072 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
6073 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
6074 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
1499e0a8 RK |
6075 | change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), 0); |
6076 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6077 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG) |
6078 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ | |
6079 | store_field (target, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (valtype)), 0, | |
6080 | TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
6081 | VOIDmode, 0, 1, | |
6082 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
6083 | else | |
6084 | abort (); | |
6085 | ||
6086 | /* Return the entire union. */ | |
6087 | return target; | |
6088 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6089 | |
7f62854a RK |
6090 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) |
6091 | { | |
6092 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 6093 | ro_modifier); |
7f62854a RK |
6094 | |
6095 | /* If the signedness of the conversion differs and OP0 is | |
6096 | a promoted SUBREG, clear that indication since we now | |
6097 | have to do the proper extension. */ | |
6098 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != unsignedp | |
6099 | && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
6100 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0) = 0; | |
6101 | ||
6102 | return op0; | |
6103 | } | |
6104 | ||
1499e0a8 | 6105 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, 0); |
12342f90 RS |
6106 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
6107 | return op0; | |
12342f90 | 6108 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6109 | /* If OP0 is a constant, just convert it into the proper mode. */ |
6110 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
6111 | return | |
6112 | convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
6113 | op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
12342f90 | 6114 | |
26fcb35a | 6115 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
38a448ca | 6116 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); |
d6a5ac33 | 6117 | |
bbf6f052 | 6118 | if (target == 0) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6119 | return |
6120 | convert_to_mode (mode, op0, | |
6121 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 6122 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6123 | convert_move (target, op0, |
6124 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6125 | return target; |
6126 | ||
6127 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
0f41302f MS |
6128 | /* We come here from MINUS_EXPR when the second operand is a |
6129 | constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6130 | plus_expr: |
6131 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
6132 | ||
6133 | /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and | |
6134 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
6135 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
6136 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
6137 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
6138 | ||
6139 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner | |
6140 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
6141 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
6142 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
6143 | ||
6144 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
6145 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
6146 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR | |
6147 | && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
6148 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
6149 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
6150 | { | |
6151 | tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6152 | ||
6153 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
6154 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t; | |
6155 | } | |
6156 | ||
88f63c77 | 6157 | /* If the result is to be ptr_mode and we are adding an integer to |
bbf6f052 RK |
6158 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use |
6159 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
6160 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
6161 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
6162 | address. | |
6163 | ||
6164 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ | |
c980ac49 | 6165 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
88f63c77 | 6166 | || mode == ptr_mode) |
bbf6f052 | 6167 | { |
c980ac49 RS |
6168 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST |
6169 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
6170 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6171 | { | |
6172 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
6173 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
6174 | op1 = plus_constant (op1, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6175 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6176 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
6177 | return op1; | |
6178 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 6179 | |
c980ac49 RS |
6180 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
6181 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT | |
6182 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
6183 | { | |
6184 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
6185 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
6186 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
6187 | { | |
6188 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
6189 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
709f5be1 RS |
6190 | /* Don't go to both_summands if modifier |
6191 | says it's not right to return a PLUS. */ | |
6192 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6193 | goto binop2; | |
c980ac49 RS |
6194 | goto both_summands; |
6195 | } | |
6196 | op0 = plus_constant (op0, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
6197 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6198 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
6199 | return op0; | |
6200 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6201 | } |
6202 | ||
6203 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
6204 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
6205 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
6206 | zero-extend. */ | |
6207 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 | 6208 | || mode != ptr_mode) |
c980ac49 | 6209 | goto binop; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6210 | |
6211 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 6212 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6213 | subtarget = 0; |
6214 | ||
921b3427 RK |
6215 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
6216 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
bbf6f052 | 6217 | |
c980ac49 | 6218 | both_summands: |
bbf6f052 RK |
6219 | /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last. */ |
6220 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
6221 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))) | |
6222 | { | |
6223 | temp = op0; | |
6224 | op0 = op1; | |
6225 | op1 = temp; | |
6226 | } | |
6227 | /* If adding to a sum including a constant, | |
6228 | associate it to put the constant outside. */ | |
6229 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS | |
6230 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1))) | |
6231 | { | |
6232 | rtx constant_term = const0_rtx; | |
6233 | ||
6234 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); | |
6235 | if (temp != 0) | |
6236 | op0 = temp; | |
6f90e075 JW |
6237 | /* Ensure that MULT comes first if there is one. */ |
6238 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT) | |
38a448ca | 6239 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0)); |
bbf6f052 | 6240 | else |
38a448ca | 6241 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6242 | |
6243 | /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible. */ | |
6244 | op0 = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term); | |
6245 | ||
6246 | /* CONSTANT_TERM and XEXP (op1, 1) are known to be constant, so | |
6247 | their sum should be a constant. Form it into OP1, since the | |
6248 | result we want will then be OP0 + OP1. */ | |
6249 | ||
6250 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, constant_term, | |
6251 | XEXP (op1, 1)); | |
6252 | if (temp != 0) | |
6253 | op1 = temp; | |
6254 | else | |
38a448ca | 6255 | op1 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, constant_term, XEXP (op1, 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6256 | } |
6257 | ||
6258 | /* Put a constant term last and put a multiplication first. */ | |
6259 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op1) == MULT) | |
6260 | temp = op1, op1 = op0, op0 = temp; | |
6261 | ||
6262 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
38a448ca | 6263 | return temp ? temp : gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6264 | |
6265 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
ea87523e RK |
6266 | /* For initializers, we are allowed to return a MINUS of two |
6267 | symbolic constants. Here we handle all cases when both operands | |
6268 | are constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6269 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, |
6270 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
6271 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6272 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
6273 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6274 | { | |
906c4e36 | 6275 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 6276 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
906c4e36 | 6277 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 6278 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
ea87523e | 6279 | |
ea87523e RK |
6280 | /* If the last operand is a CONST_INT, use plus_constant of |
6281 | the negated constant. Else make the MINUS. */ | |
6282 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
6283 | return plus_constant (op0, - INTVAL (op1)); | |
6284 | else | |
38a448ca | 6285 | return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6286 | } |
6287 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ | |
6288 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6289 | { | |
ae431183 RK |
6290 | tree negated = fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, type, |
6291 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
6292 | ||
6293 | /* Deal with the case where we can't negate the constant | |
6294 | in TYPE. */ | |
6295 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) || TREE_OVERFLOW (negated)) | |
6296 | { | |
6297 | tree newtype = signed_type (type); | |
6298 | tree newop0 = convert (newtype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6299 | tree newop1 = convert (newtype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6300 | tree newneg = fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, newtype, newop1)); | |
6301 | ||
6302 | if (! TREE_OVERFLOW (newneg)) | |
6303 | return expand_expr (convert (type, | |
6304 | build (PLUS_EXPR, newtype, | |
6305 | newop0, newneg)), | |
921b3427 | 6306 | target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
ae431183 RK |
6307 | } |
6308 | else | |
6309 | { | |
6310 | exp = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), negated); | |
6311 | goto plus_expr; | |
6312 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6313 | } |
6314 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
6315 | goto binop; | |
6316 | ||
6317 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
6318 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6319 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. | |
6320 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
6321 | check the second operand. */ | |
6322 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6323 | { | |
6324 | register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6325 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6326 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1; | |
6327 | } | |
6328 | ||
6329 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
6330 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
6331 | ||
88f63c77 | 6332 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == ptr_mode |
bbf6f052 | 6333 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
906c4e36 | 6334 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 6335 | { |
921b3427 RK |
6336 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
6337 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6338 | |
6339 | /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c. */ | |
6340 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
6341 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
38a448ca RH |
6342 | return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, |
6343 | gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6344 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))), | |
906c4e36 RK |
6345 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6346 | * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6347 | |
6348 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) | |
906c4e36 | 6349 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6350 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
6351 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
6352 | ||
38a448ca RH |
6353 | return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, |
6354 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6355 | } |
6356 | ||
e5e809f4 | 6357 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6358 | subtarget = 0; |
6359 | ||
6360 | /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended | |
6361 | from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying | |
6362 | in that narrower type with a result in the desired type, | |
6363 | do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */ | |
6364 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6365 | && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE | |
6366 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
6367 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
6368 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
6369 | && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6370 | TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
6371 | /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */ | |
6372 | && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
906c4e36 | 6373 | > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6374 | || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)) |
6375 | || | |
6376 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6377 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
6378 | == | |
6379 | TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
6380 | /* If both operands are extended, they must either both | |
6381 | be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */ | |
6382 | && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
6383 | == | |
6384 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))))) | |
6385 | { | |
6386 | enum machine_mode innermode | |
6387 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
6388 | optab other_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
6389 | ? smul_widen_optab : umul_widen_optab); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6390 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
6391 | ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab); | |
b10af0c8 | 6392 | if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)) |
bbf6f052 | 6393 | { |
b10af0c8 TG |
6394 | if (this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
6395 | { | |
6396 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6397 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6398 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6399 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
6400 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6401 | else | |
6402 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
6403 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6404 | goto binop2; | |
6405 | } | |
6406 | else if (other_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
6407 | && innermode == word_mode) | |
6408 | { | |
6409 | rtx htem; | |
6410 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6411 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6412 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
6413 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
6414 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6415 | else | |
6416 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
6417 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6418 | temp = expand_binop (mode, other_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
6419 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6420 | htem = expand_mult_highpart_adjust (innermode, | |
6421 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
6422 | op0, op1, | |
6423 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
6424 | unsignedp); | |
6425 | emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (innermode, temp), htem); | |
6426 | return temp; | |
6427 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6428 | } |
6429 | } | |
6430 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 6431 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6432 | return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
6433 | ||
6434 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: | |
6435 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
6436 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
6437 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
6438 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
6439 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 6440 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6441 | subtarget = 0; |
6442 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM | |
6443 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
6444 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
6445 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 6446 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6447 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
6448 | ||
6449 | case RDIV_EXPR: | |
6450 | this_optab = flodiv_optab; | |
6451 | goto binop; | |
6452 | ||
6453 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: | |
6454 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
6455 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
6456 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
6457 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 6458 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6459 | subtarget = 0; |
6460 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 6461 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6462 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
6463 | ||
6464 | case FIX_ROUND_EXPR: | |
6465 | case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR: | |
6466 | case FIX_CEIL_EXPR: | |
6467 | abort (); /* Not used for C. */ | |
6468 | ||
6469 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 6470 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6471 | if (target == 0) |
6472 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6473 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
6474 | return target; | |
6475 | ||
6476 | case FLOAT_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 6477 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6478 | if (target == 0) |
6479 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6480 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
6481 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
6482 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
6483 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
6484 | op0); | |
6485 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
6486 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
6487 | return target; | |
6488 | ||
6489 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
5b22bee8 | 6490 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6491 | temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0); |
6492 | if (temp == 0) | |
6493 | abort (); | |
6494 | return temp; | |
6495 | ||
6496 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
6497 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6498 | ||
2d7050fd | 6499 | /* Handle complex values specially. */ |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6500 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT |
6501 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
6502 | return expand_complex_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp); | |
2d7050fd | 6503 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6504 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't |
6505 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
6506 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
6507 | return op0; | |
6508 | ||
2e5ec6cf | 6509 | return expand_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp, |
e5e809f4 | 6510 | safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6511 | |
6512 | case MAX_EXPR: | |
6513 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
6514 | target = original_target; | |
e5e809f4 | 6515 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1) |
fc155707 | 6516 | || (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
d6a5ac33 | 6517 | || GET_MODE (target) != mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
6518 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
6519 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
6520 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
906c4e36 | 6521 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6522 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
6523 | ||
6524 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. | |
6525 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
6526 | value. */ | |
6527 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) | |
6528 | ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab) | |
6529 | : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab)); | |
6530 | ||
6531 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
6532 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
6533 | if (temp != 0) | |
6534 | return temp; | |
6535 | ||
fa2981d8 JW |
6536 | /* At this point, a MEM target is no longer useful; we will get better |
6537 | code without it. */ | |
6538 | ||
6539 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
6540 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6541 | ||
ee456b1c RK |
6542 | if (target != op0) |
6543 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6544 | |
bbf6f052 | 6545 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); |
d6a5ac33 | 6546 | |
f81497d9 RS |
6547 | /* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly, |
6548 | compare word by word. Rely on cse to optimize constant cases. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 6549 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && !can_compare_p (mode)) |
bbf6f052 | 6550 | { |
f81497d9 | 6551 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6552 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
6553 | target, op1, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 6554 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6555 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
6556 | op1, target, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
ee456b1c | 6557 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 6558 | } |
f81497d9 RS |
6559 | else |
6560 | { | |
6561 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) | |
6562 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
ee456b1c RK |
6563 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
6564 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
f81497d9 RS |
6565 | else |
6566 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
ee456b1c RK |
6567 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
6568 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
f81497d9 | 6569 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
ee456b1c | 6570 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
f81497d9 RS |
6571 | else if (temp != const_true_rtx) |
6572 | { | |
6573 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0) | |
6574 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op0)); | |
6575 | else | |
6576 | abort (); | |
ee456b1c | 6577 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
f81497d9 RS |
6578 | } |
6579 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6580 | emit_label (op0); |
6581 | return target; | |
6582 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6583 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: |
6584 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6585 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
6586 | if (temp == 0) | |
6587 | abort (); | |
6588 | return temp; | |
6589 | ||
6590 | case FFS_EXPR: | |
6591 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6592 | temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
6593 | if (temp == 0) | |
6594 | abort (); | |
6595 | return temp; | |
6596 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6597 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. |
6598 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
6599 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
6600 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
6601 | ||
6602 | /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding. TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two | |
6603 | boolean values when we want in all cases to compute both of them. In | |
6604 | general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by computing both operands | |
6605 | as actual zero-or-1 values and then bitwise anding. In cases where | |
6606 | there cannot be any side effects, better code would be made by | |
6607 | treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR; but the question is | |
6608 | how to recognize those cases. */ | |
6609 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6610 | case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: |
6611 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
6612 | this_optab = and_optab; | |
6613 | goto binop; | |
6614 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6615 | case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: |
6616 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: | |
6617 | this_optab = ior_optab; | |
6618 | goto binop; | |
6619 | ||
874726a8 | 6620 | case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: |
bbf6f052 RK |
6621 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: |
6622 | this_optab = xor_optab; | |
6623 | goto binop; | |
6624 | ||
6625 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: | |
6626 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
6627 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
6628 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
6629 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 6630 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6631 | subtarget = 0; |
6632 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6633 | return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, | |
6634 | unsignedp); | |
6635 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6636 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. Also, |
6637 | the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6638 | case LT_EXPR: |
6639 | case LE_EXPR: | |
6640 | case GT_EXPR: | |
6641 | case GE_EXPR: | |
6642 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
6643 | case NE_EXPR: | |
6644 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
6645 | temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0); | |
6646 | if (temp != 0) | |
6647 | return temp; | |
d6a5ac33 | 6648 | |
0f41302f | 6649 | /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6650 | if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6651 | && original_target | |
6652 | && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
6653 | && (GET_MODE (original_target) | |
6654 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6655 | { | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6656 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, |
6657 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6658 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6659 | if (temp != original_target) |
6660 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6661 | |
bbf6f052 | 6662 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
906c4e36 | 6663 | emit_cmp_insn (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, |
bbf6f052 RK |
6664 | GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, 0); |
6665 | emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (op1)); | |
6666 | emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx); | |
6667 | emit_label (op1); | |
6668 | return temp; | |
6669 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6670 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6671 | /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional |
6672 | store into a temporary variable. Drop through | |
6673 | and handle this like && and ||. */ | |
6674 | ||
6675 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
6676 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 6677 | if (! ignore |
e5e809f4 | 6678 | && (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
e44842fe RK |
6679 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return |
6680 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
6681 | || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
6682 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
bbf6f052 | 6683 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
e44842fe RK |
6684 | |
6685 | if (target) | |
6686 | emit_clr_insn (target); | |
6687 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6688 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
6689 | jumpifnot (exp, op1); | |
e44842fe RK |
6690 | |
6691 | if (target) | |
6692 | emit_0_to_1_insn (target); | |
6693 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6694 | emit_label (op1); |
e44842fe | 6695 | return ignore ? const0_rtx : target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6696 | |
6697 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
6698 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6699 | /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR | |
6700 | only with operands that are always zero or one. */ | |
906c4e36 | 6701 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
6702 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
6703 | if (temp == 0) | |
6704 | abort (); | |
6705 | return temp; | |
6706 | ||
6707 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
6708 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6709 | emit_queue (); | |
6710 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6711 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
6712 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
6713 | ||
6714 | case COND_EXPR: | |
ac01eace RK |
6715 | /* If we would have a "singleton" (see below) were it not for a |
6716 | conversion in each arm, bring that conversion back out. */ | |
6717 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6718 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == NOP_EXPR | |
6719 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
6720 | == TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)))) | |
6721 | { | |
6722 | tree true = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); | |
6723 | tree false = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0); | |
6724 | ||
6725 | if ((TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '2' | |
6726 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
6727 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '2' | |
6728 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0)) | |
6729 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '1' | |
6730 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
6731 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '1' | |
6732 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0))) | |
6733 | return expand_expr (build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, | |
6734 | build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (true), | |
6735 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
6736 | true, false)), | |
6737 | target, tmode, modifier); | |
6738 | } | |
6739 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6740 | { |
6741 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
6742 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
6743 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
6744 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
6745 | ||
6746 | /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup, | |
6747 | only that cleanup is performed. */ | |
6748 | ||
6749 | tree singleton = 0; | |
6750 | tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6751 | |
6752 | /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and | |
6753 | convert it to our mode, if necessary. */ | |
6754 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6755 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
6756 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
6757 | { | |
dd27116b RK |
6758 | if (ignore) |
6759 | { | |
6760 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 6761 | ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
6762 | return const0_rtx; |
6763 | } | |
6764 | ||
921b3427 | 6765 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6766 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
6767 | return op0; | |
d6a5ac33 | 6768 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6769 | if (target == 0) |
6770 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6771 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
6772 | return target; | |
6773 | } | |
6774 | ||
ac01eace RK |
6775 | /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy A to the |
6776 | output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary operations. | |
6777 | Don't do this if X has side-effects because those side effects | |
6778 | might affect A or B and the "?" operation is a sequence point in | |
6779 | ANSI. (operand_equal_p tests for side effects.) */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6780 | |
6781 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2' | |
6782 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
6783 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
6784 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6785 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2' | |
6786 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6787 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
6788 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
6789 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1' | |
6790 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
6791 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
6792 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6793 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1' | |
6794 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
6795 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
6796 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
6797 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
6798 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, |
6799 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
6800 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a | |
6801 | temporary. */ | |
6802 | ||
6803 | if (ignore) | |
6804 | temp = 0; | |
6805 | else if (original_target | |
e5e809f4 | 6806 | && (safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1) |
01c8a7c8 RK |
6807 | || (singleton && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG |
6808 | && REGNO (original_target) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6809 | && original_target == var_rtx (singleton))) | |
6810 | && GET_MODE (original_target) == mode | |
7c00d1fe RK |
6811 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
6812 | && (! can_conditionally_move_p (mode) | |
6813 | || GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
6814 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
6815 | #endif | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
6816 | && ! (GET_CODE (original_target) == MEM |
6817 | && MEM_VOLATILE_P (original_target))) | |
6818 | temp = original_target; | |
6819 | else if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
6820 | abort (); | |
6821 | else | |
6822 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
6823 | ||
ac01eace RK |
6824 | /* If we had X ? A + C : A, with C a constant power of 2, and we can |
6825 | do the test of X as a store-flag operation, do this as | |
6826 | A + ((X != 0) << log C). Similarly for other simple binary | |
6827 | operators. Only do for C == 1 if BRANCH_COST is low. */ | |
dd27116b | 6828 | if (temp && singleton && binary_op |
bbf6f052 RK |
6829 | && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
6830 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
6831 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9fbd9f58 | 6832 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR) |
ac01eace RK |
6833 | && (BRANCH_COST >= 3 ? integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)) |
6834 | : integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6835 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') |
6836 | { | |
6837 | rtx result; | |
6838 | optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR ? add_optab | |
6839 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR ? sub_optab | |
6840 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab | |
2d444001 | 6841 | : xor_optab); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6842 | |
6843 | /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0). | |
6844 | ||
6845 | We have to invert the truth value here and then put it | |
6846 | back later if do_store_flag fails. We cannot simply copy | |
6847 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) to another variable and modify that | |
6848 | because invert_truthvalue can modify the tree pointed to | |
6849 | by its argument. */ | |
6850 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6851 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
6852 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6853 | ||
6854 | result = do_store_flag (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 6855 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
906c4e36 | 6856 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
6857 | mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1); |
6858 | ||
ac01eace RK |
6859 | if (result != 0 && ! integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) |
6860 | result = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, mode, result, | |
6861 | build_int_2 (tree_log2 | |
6862 | (TREE_OPERAND | |
6863 | (binary_op, 1)), | |
6864 | 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 6865 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
ac01eace RK |
6866 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), 0); |
6867 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6868 | if (result) |
6869 | { | |
906c4e36 | 6870 | op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6871 | return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp, |
6872 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6873 | } | |
6874 | else if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
6875 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
6876 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6877 | } | |
6878 | ||
dabf8373 | 6879 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6880 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
6881 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6882 | ||
6883 | if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
6884 | { | |
6885 | if (temp != 0) | |
6886 | { | |
6887 | /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the | |
6888 | binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target | |
6889 | if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition | |
6890 | might clobber it. */ | |
6891 | if ((binary_op | |
e5e809f4 | 6892 | && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6893 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
6894 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
6895 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6896 | store_expr (singleton, temp, 0); | |
6897 | } | |
6898 | else | |
906c4e36 | 6899 | expand_expr (singleton, |
2937cf87 | 6900 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6901 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6902 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
6903 | else | |
6904 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
6905 | ||
956d6950 | 6906 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6907 | if (binary_op && temp == 0) |
6908 | /* Just touch the other operand. */ | |
6909 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 6910 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6911 | else if (binary_op) |
6912 | store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type, | |
6913 | make_tree (type, temp), | |
6914 | TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)), | |
6915 | temp, 0); | |
6916 | else | |
6917 | store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type, | |
6918 | make_tree (type, temp)), | |
6919 | temp, 0); | |
6920 | op1 = op0; | |
bbf6f052 | 6921 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6922 | /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any |
6923 | comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the | |
6924 | output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references), | |
6925 | then set the output to FOO. */ | |
6926 | else if (temp | |
6927 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
6928 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
6929 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6930 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6931 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
6932 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 6933 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6934 | { |
6935 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6936 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6937 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
6938 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 6939 | |
956d6950 | 6940 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6941 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); |
6942 | op1 = op0; | |
6943 | } | |
6944 | else if (temp | |
6945 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
6946 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
6947 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
6948 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6949 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
6950 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 6951 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6952 | { |
6953 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6954 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
6955 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
6956 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 6957 | |
956d6950 | 6958 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6959 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); |
6960 | op1 = op0; | |
6961 | } | |
6962 | else | |
6963 | { | |
6964 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6965 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 6966 | |
956d6950 | 6967 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6968 | if (temp != 0) |
6969 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
6970 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
6971 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
6972 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
956d6950 | 6973 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6974 | emit_queue (); |
6975 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
6976 | emit_barrier (); | |
6977 | emit_label (op0); | |
956d6950 | 6978 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6979 | if (temp != 0) |
6980 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
6981 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
6982 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
6983 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6984 | } |
6985 | ||
956d6950 | 6986 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6987 | |
6988 | emit_queue (); | |
6989 | emit_label (op1); | |
6990 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
5dab5552 | 6991 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6992 | return temp; |
6993 | } | |
6994 | ||
6995 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
6996 | { | |
6997 | /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know | |
6998 | where that thing was when building the tree. For example, | |
6999 | it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter | |
7000 | to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary | |
7001 | variable which must be passed by reference. | |
7002 | ||
7003 | We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed | |
7004 | or copied into our original target. */ | |
7005 | ||
7006 | tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
2a888d4c | 7007 | tree cleanups = NULL_TREE; |
5c062816 | 7008 | tree exp1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7009 | |
7010 | if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL) | |
7011 | abort (); | |
7012 | ||
9c51f375 RK |
7013 | if (! ignore) |
7014 | target = original_target; | |
7015 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7016 | if (target == 0) |
7017 | { | |
7018 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
ac993f4f MS |
7019 | { |
7020 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
5c062816 | 7021 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do |
ac993f4f | 7022 | it again. (mrs) */ |
5c062816 MS |
7023 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
7024 | return target; | |
ac993f4f | 7025 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
7026 | else |
7027 | { | |
e9a25f70 | 7028 | target = assign_temp (type, 2, 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7029 | /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */ |
7030 | preserve_temp_slots (target); | |
7031 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7032 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) |
7033 | { | |
7034 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
7035 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
7036 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7037 | |
e287fd6e RK |
7038 | /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function |
7039 | to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit | |
7040 | cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference | |
7041 | to pass the reference as an argument. In this case, | |
7042 | it is very likely that such a reference need not be | |
7043 | built here. */ | |
7044 | ||
7045 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0) | |
7046 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = maybe_build_cleanup (slot); | |
2a888d4c | 7047 | cleanups = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); |
e287fd6e | 7048 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
7049 | } |
7050 | else | |
7051 | { | |
7052 | /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which | |
7053 | needs to be constructed on the stack. The target | |
7054 | is the actual stack address that we want to initialize. | |
7055 | The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */ | |
7056 | ||
8c042b47 RS |
7057 | /* If we have already assigned it space, use that space, |
7058 | not target that we were passed in, as our target | |
7059 | parameter is only a hint. */ | |
7060 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
7061 | { | |
7062 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
7063 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do | |
7064 | it again. (mrs) */ | |
7065 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) | |
7066 | return target; | |
7067 | } | |
21002281 JW |
7068 | else |
7069 | { | |
7070 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
7071 | /* If we must have an addressable slot, then make sure that | |
7072 | the RTL that we just stored in slot is OK. */ | |
7073 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) | |
7074 | { | |
7075 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
7076 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
7077 | } | |
7078 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7079 | } |
7080 | ||
4847c938 | 7081 | exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 3) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5c062816 MS |
7082 | /* Mark it as expanded. */ |
7083 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = NULL_TREE; | |
7084 | ||
e5e809f4 | 7085 | TREE_USED (slot) = 1; |
41531e5b | 7086 | store_expr (exp1, target, 0); |
61d6b1cc | 7087 | |
e976b8b2 | 7088 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanups); |
61d6b1cc | 7089 | |
41531e5b | 7090 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7091 | } |
7092 | ||
7093 | case INIT_EXPR: | |
7094 | { | |
7095 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7096 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7097 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
7098 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
7099 | ||
7100 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
7101 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 && !fixed_type_p (rhs)) | |
7102 | noncopied_parts = init_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
7103 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
7104 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
7105 | { | |
7106 | expand_assignment (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), | |
7107 | TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
7108 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
7109 | } | |
7110 | return temp; | |
7111 | } | |
7112 | ||
7113 | case MODIFY_EXPR: | |
7114 | { | |
7115 | /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it. | |
7116 | That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call. | |
7117 | If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a | |
7118 | target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an extra temp and copy | |
7119 | and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code. | |
7120 | Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars. */ | |
7121 | ||
7122 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7123 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7124 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
7125 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
7126 | ||
7127 | temp = 0; | |
7128 | ||
7129 | if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL | |
7130 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL | |
b60334e8 RK |
7131 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL |
7132 | && ! (TREE_CODE (lhs) == INDIRECT_REF | |
7133 | && TYPE_READONLY (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 0))))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7134 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
7135 | ||
7136 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield | |
7137 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
7138 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
7139 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
7140 | ||
7141 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
7142 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
7143 | support it. */ | |
7144 | if (ignore | |
7145 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF | |
7146 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
7147 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
7148 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
7149 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
7150 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) == 1 | |
7151 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1))) == 1) | |
7152 | { | |
7153 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7154 | ||
7155 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), | |
7156 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0, | |
7157 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0); | |
7158 | expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs), | |
7159 | (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
7160 | ? integer_one_node | |
7161 | : integer_zero_node)), | |
7162 | 0, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 7163 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7164 | emit_label (label); |
7165 | return const0_rtx; | |
7166 | } | |
7167 | ||
7168 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 | |
7169 | && ! (fixed_type_p (lhs) && fixed_type_p (rhs))) | |
7170 | noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
7171 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
7172 | ||
7173 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
7174 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
7175 | { | |
7176 | expand_assignment (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), | |
7177 | TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
7178 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
7179 | } | |
7180 | return temp; | |
7181 | } | |
7182 | ||
7183 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
7184 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7b8b9722 | 7185 | return expand_increment (exp, 0, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7186 | |
7187 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
7188 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7189 | /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */ | |
7b8b9722 | 7190 | return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7191 | |
7192 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
987c71d9 | 7193 | /* If nonzero, TEMP will be set to the address of something that might |
0f41302f | 7194 | be a MEM corresponding to a stack slot. */ |
987c71d9 RK |
7195 | temp = 0; |
7196 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7197 | /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */ |
7198 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
38ee6ed9 | 7199 | && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0 |
e5e809f4 JL |
7200 | && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
7201 | && ! TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7202 | { |
7203 | op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7204 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
7205 | } | |
682ba3a6 RK |
7206 | /* If we are taking the address of something erroneous, just |
7207 | return a zero. */ | |
7208 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) | |
7209 | return const0_rtx; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7210 | else |
7211 | { | |
e287fd6e RK |
7212 | /* We make sure to pass const0_rtx down if we came in with |
7213 | ignore set, to avoid doing the cleanups twice for something. */ | |
7214 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
7215 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7216 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
7217 | ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)); | |
896102d0 | 7218 | |
119af78a RK |
7219 | /* If we are going to ignore the result, OP0 will have been set |
7220 | to const0_rtx, so just return it. Don't get confused and | |
7221 | think we are taking the address of the constant. */ | |
7222 | if (ignore) | |
7223 | return op0; | |
7224 | ||
3539e816 MS |
7225 | op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0); |
7226 | ||
896102d0 RK |
7227 | /* We would like the object in memory. If it is a constant, |
7228 | we can have it be statically allocated into memory. For | |
682ba3a6 | 7229 | a non-constant (REG, SUBREG or CONCAT), we need to allocate some |
896102d0 RK |
7230 | memory and store the value into it. */ |
7231 | ||
7232 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
7233 | op0 = force_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
7234 | op0); | |
987c71d9 | 7235 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
af5b53ed RK |
7236 | { |
7237 | mark_temp_addr_taken (op0); | |
7238 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
7239 | } | |
896102d0 | 7240 | |
682ba3a6 RK |
7241 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
7242 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT) | |
896102d0 RK |
7243 | { |
7244 | /* If this object is in a register, it must be not | |
0f41302f | 7245 | be BLKmode. */ |
896102d0 | 7246 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
06089a8b | 7247 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (inner_type, 1, 1, 1); |
896102d0 | 7248 | |
7a0b7b9a | 7249 | mark_temp_addr_taken (memloc); |
896102d0 RK |
7250 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); |
7251 | op0 = memloc; | |
7252 | } | |
7253 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7254 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
7255 | abort (); | |
7256 | ||
7257 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 RK |
7258 | { |
7259 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
7260 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
7261 | if (GET_MODE (temp) == Pmode && GET_MODE (temp) != mode | |
7262 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 7263 | temp = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, temp); |
88f63c77 RK |
7264 | #endif |
7265 | return temp; | |
7266 | } | |
987c71d9 | 7267 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7268 | op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target); |
7269 | } | |
987c71d9 | 7270 | |
bbf6f052 | 7271 | if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
987c71d9 RK |
7272 | op0 = force_reg (Pmode, op0); |
7273 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
7274 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG |
7275 | && ! REG_USERVAR_P (op0)) | |
7276 | mark_reg_pointer (op0, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (type)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
987c71d9 RK |
7277 | |
7278 | /* If we might have had a temp slot, add an equivalent address | |
7279 | for it. */ | |
7280 | if (temp != 0) | |
7281 | update_temp_slot_address (temp, op0); | |
7282 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
7283 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
7284 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && GET_MODE (op0) != mode | |
7285 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 7286 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
88f63c77 RK |
7287 | #endif |
7288 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7289 | return op0; |
7290 | ||
7291 | case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR: | |
7292 | abort (); | |
7293 | ||
7308a047 RS |
7294 | /* COMPLEX type for Extended Pascal & Fortran */ |
7295 | case COMPLEX_EXPR: | |
7296 | { | |
7297 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6551fa4d | 7298 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
7299 | |
7300 | /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */ | |
7301 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7302 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7303 | ||
7304 | if (! target) | |
7305 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7306 | ||
6551fa4d | 7307 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
7308 | |
7309 | /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */ | |
2d7050fd RS |
7310 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), op0); |
7311 | emit_move_insn (gen_imagpart (mode, target), op1); | |
7308a047 | 7312 | |
6551fa4d JW |
7313 | insns = get_insns (); |
7314 | end_sequence (); | |
7315 | ||
7308a047 | 7316 | /* Complex construction should appear as a single unit. */ |
6551fa4d JW |
7317 | /* If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = IS, |
7318 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. | |
7319 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 7320 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
7321 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, NULL_RTX); |
7322 | else | |
7323 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
7324 | |
7325 | return target; | |
7326 | } | |
7327 | ||
7328 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
7329 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
7330 | return gen_realpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
7331 | |
7332 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
7333 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
7334 | return gen_imagpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
7335 | |
7336 | case CONJ_EXPR: | |
7337 | { | |
62acb978 | 7338 | enum machine_mode partmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
7308a047 | 7339 | rtx imag_t; |
6551fa4d | 7340 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
7341 | |
7342 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7343 | ||
7344 | if (! target) | |
d6a5ac33 | 7345 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
7308a047 | 7346 | |
6551fa4d | 7347 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
7348 | |
7349 | /* Store the realpart and the negated imagpart to target. */ | |
62acb978 RK |
7350 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (partmode, target), |
7351 | gen_realpart (partmode, op0)); | |
7308a047 | 7352 | |
62acb978 RK |
7353 | imag_t = gen_imagpart (partmode, target); |
7354 | temp = expand_unop (partmode, neg_optab, | |
7355 | gen_imagpart (partmode, op0), imag_t, 0); | |
7308a047 RS |
7356 | if (temp != imag_t) |
7357 | emit_move_insn (imag_t, temp); | |
7358 | ||
6551fa4d JW |
7359 | insns = get_insns (); |
7360 | end_sequence (); | |
7361 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7362 | /* Conjugate should appear as a single unit |
7363 | If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = - IS, | |
6551fa4d JW |
7364 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. |
7365 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 7366 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
7367 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); |
7368 | else | |
7369 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
7370 | |
7371 | return target; | |
7372 | } | |
7373 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
7374 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: |
7375 | { | |
7376 | tree handler = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7377 | ||
7378 | expand_eh_region_start (); | |
7379 | ||
7380 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7381 | ||
7382 | expand_eh_region_end (handler); | |
7383 | ||
7384 | return op0; | |
7385 | } | |
7386 | ||
7387 | case POPDCC_EXPR: | |
7388 | { | |
7389 | rtx dcc = get_dynamic_cleanup_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 7390 | emit_move_insn (dcc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dcc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
7391 | return const0_rtx; |
7392 | } | |
7393 | ||
7394 | case POPDHC_EXPR: | |
7395 | { | |
7396 | rtx dhc = get_dynamic_handler_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 7397 | emit_move_insn (dhc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dhc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
7398 | return const0_rtx; |
7399 | } | |
7400 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7401 | case ERROR_MARK: |
66538193 RS |
7402 | op0 = CONST0_RTX (tmode); |
7403 | if (op0 != 0) | |
7404 | return op0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7405 | return const0_rtx; |
7406 | ||
7407 | default: | |
90764a87 | 7408 | return (*lang_expand_expr) (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7409 | } |
7410 | ||
7411 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction | |
7412 | from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */ | |
7413 | binop: | |
7414 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7415 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7416 | subtarget = 0; |
7417 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7418 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7419 | binop2: |
7420 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
7421 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7422 | if (temp == 0) | |
7423 | abort (); | |
7424 | return temp; | |
7425 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7426 | |
bbf6f052 | 7427 | |
b93a436e JL |
7428 | \f |
7429 | /* Return the alignment in bits of EXP, a pointer valued expression. | |
7430 | But don't return more than MAX_ALIGN no matter what. | |
7431 | The alignment returned is, by default, the alignment of the thing that | |
7432 | EXP points to (if it is not a POINTER_TYPE, 0 is returned). | |
7433 | ||
7434 | Otherwise, look at the expression to see if we can do better, i.e., if the | |
7435 | expression is actually pointing at an object whose alignment is tighter. */ | |
0f41302f | 7436 | |
b93a436e JL |
7437 | static int |
7438 | get_pointer_alignment (exp, max_align) | |
7439 | tree exp; | |
7440 | unsigned max_align; | |
bbf6f052 | 7441 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7442 | unsigned align, inner; |
7443 | ||
7444 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
7445 | return 0; | |
7446 | ||
7447 | align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7448 | align = MIN (align, max_align); | |
7449 | ||
7450 | while (1) | |
bbf6f052 | 7451 | { |
b93a436e | 7452 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
bbf6f052 | 7453 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7454 | case NOP_EXPR: |
7455 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
7456 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
7457 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7458 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
7459 | return align; | |
7460 | inner = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7461 | align = MIN (inner, max_align); | |
7462 | break; | |
7463 | ||
7464 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
7465 | /* If sum of pointer + int, restrict our maximum alignment to that | |
7466 | imposed by the integer. If not, we can't do any better than | |
7467 | ALIGN. */ | |
7468 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
7469 | return align; | |
7470 | ||
7471 | while (((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
7472 | & (max_align - 1)) | |
7473 | != 0) | |
7474 | max_align >>= 1; | |
7475 | ||
7476 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7477 | break; | |
7478 | ||
7479 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
7480 | /* See what we are pointing at and look at its alignment. */ | |
7481 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7482 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
7483 | align = FUNCTION_BOUNDARY; | |
7484 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') | |
7485 | align = DECL_ALIGN (exp); | |
7486 | #ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT | |
7487 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'c') | |
7488 | align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align); | |
c02bd5d9 | 7489 | #endif |
b93a436e | 7490 | return MIN (align, max_align); |
c02bd5d9 | 7491 | |
b93a436e JL |
7492 | default: |
7493 | return align; | |
7494 | } | |
7495 | } | |
7496 | } | |
7497 | \f | |
7498 | /* Return the tree node and offset if a given argument corresponds to | |
7499 | a string constant. */ | |
7500 | ||
7501 | static tree | |
7502 | string_constant (arg, ptr_offset) | |
7503 | tree arg; | |
7504 | tree *ptr_offset; | |
7505 | { | |
7506 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); | |
7507 | ||
7508 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
7509 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
7510 | { | |
7511 | *ptr_offset = integer_zero_node; | |
7512 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
7513 | } | |
7514 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
7515 | { | |
7516 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
7517 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
7518 | ||
7519 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
7520 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
7521 | ||
7522 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
7523 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 7524 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7525 | *ptr_offset = arg1; |
7526 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7527 | } |
b93a436e JL |
7528 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR |
7529 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 7530 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7531 | *ptr_offset = arg0; |
7532 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7533 | } |
b93a436e | 7534 | } |
ca695ac9 | 7535 | |
b93a436e JL |
7536 | return 0; |
7537 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 7538 | |
b93a436e JL |
7539 | /* Compute the length of a C string. TREE_STRING_LENGTH is not the right |
7540 | way, because it could contain a zero byte in the middle. | |
7541 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH is the size of the character array, not the string. | |
ca695ac9 | 7542 | |
b93a436e JL |
7543 | Unfortunately, string_constant can't access the values of const char |
7544 | arrays with initializers, so neither can we do so here. */ | |
e87b4f3f | 7545 | |
b93a436e JL |
7546 | static tree |
7547 | c_strlen (src) | |
7548 | tree src; | |
7549 | { | |
7550 | tree offset_node; | |
7551 | int offset, max; | |
7552 | char *ptr; | |
e7c33f54 | 7553 | |
b93a436e JL |
7554 | src = string_constant (src, &offset_node); |
7555 | if (src == 0) | |
7556 | return 0; | |
7557 | max = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (src); | |
7558 | ptr = TREE_STRING_POINTER (src); | |
7559 | if (offset_node && TREE_CODE (offset_node) != INTEGER_CST) | |
7560 | { | |
7561 | /* If the string has an internal zero byte (e.g., "foo\0bar"), we can't | |
7562 | compute the offset to the following null if we don't know where to | |
7563 | start searching for it. */ | |
7564 | int i; | |
7565 | for (i = 0; i < max; i++) | |
7566 | if (ptr[i] == 0) | |
7567 | return 0; | |
7568 | /* We don't know the starting offset, but we do know that the string | |
7569 | has no internal zero bytes. We can assume that the offset falls | |
7570 | within the bounds of the string; otherwise, the programmer deserves | |
7571 | what he gets. Subtract the offset from the length of the string, | |
7572 | and return that. */ | |
7573 | /* This would perhaps not be valid if we were dealing with named | |
7574 | arrays in addition to literal string constants. */ | |
7575 | return size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, size_int (max), offset_node); | |
7576 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 7577 | |
b93a436e JL |
7578 | /* We have a known offset into the string. Start searching there for |
7579 | a null character. */ | |
7580 | if (offset_node == 0) | |
7581 | offset = 0; | |
7582 | else | |
7583 | { | |
7584 | /* Did we get a long long offset? If so, punt. */ | |
7585 | if (TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (offset_node) != 0) | |
7586 | return 0; | |
7587 | offset = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (offset_node); | |
7588 | } | |
7589 | /* If the offset is known to be out of bounds, warn, and call strlen at | |
7590 | runtime. */ | |
7591 | if (offset < 0 || offset > max) | |
7592 | { | |
7593 | warning ("offset outside bounds of constant string"); | |
7594 | return 0; | |
7595 | } | |
7596 | /* Use strlen to search for the first zero byte. Since any strings | |
7597 | constructed with build_string will have nulls appended, we win even | |
7598 | if we get handed something like (char[4])"abcd". | |
e7c33f54 | 7599 | |
b93a436e JL |
7600 | Since OFFSET is our starting index into the string, no further |
7601 | calculation is needed. */ | |
7602 | return size_int (strlen (ptr + offset)); | |
7603 | } | |
1bbddf11 | 7604 | |
b93a436e JL |
7605 | rtx |
7606 | expand_builtin_return_addr (fndecl_code, count, tem) | |
7607 | enum built_in_function fndecl_code; | |
7608 | int count; | |
7609 | rtx tem; | |
7610 | { | |
7611 | int i; | |
e7c33f54 | 7612 | |
b93a436e JL |
7613 | /* Some machines need special handling before we can access |
7614 | arbitrary frames. For example, on the sparc, we must first flush | |
7615 | all register windows to the stack. */ | |
7616 | #ifdef SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES | |
7617 | if (count > 0) | |
7618 | SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES (); | |
7619 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 7620 | |
b93a436e JL |
7621 | /* On the sparc, the return address is not in the frame, it is in a |
7622 | register. There is no way to access it off of the current frame | |
7623 | pointer, but it can be accessed off the previous frame pointer by | |
7624 | reading the value from the register window save area. */ | |
7625 | #ifdef RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME | |
7626 | if (fndecl_code == BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS) | |
7627 | count--; | |
7628 | #endif | |
60bac6ea | 7629 | |
b93a436e JL |
7630 | /* Scan back COUNT frames to the specified frame. */ |
7631 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
7632 | { | |
7633 | /* Assume the dynamic chain pointer is in the word that the | |
7634 | frame address points to, unless otherwise specified. */ | |
7635 | #ifdef DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS | |
7636 | tem = DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (tem); | |
7637 | #endif | |
7638 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, tem); | |
7639 | tem = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tem)); | |
7640 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 7641 | |
b93a436e JL |
7642 | /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */ |
7643 | if (fndecl_code == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
7644 | return tem; | |
e9a25f70 | 7645 | |
b93a436e JL |
7646 | /* For __builtin_return_address, Get the return address from that |
7647 | frame. */ | |
7648 | #ifdef RETURN_ADDR_RTX | |
7649 | tem = RETURN_ADDR_RTX (count, tem); | |
7650 | #else | |
7651 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, | |
7652 | plus_constant (tem, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
7653 | tem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tem); | |
7654 | #endif | |
7655 | return tem; | |
7656 | } | |
e9a25f70 | 7657 | |
b93a436e JL |
7658 | /* __builtin_setjmp is passed a pointer to an array of five words (not |
7659 | all will be used on all machines). It operates similarly to the C | |
7660 | library function of the same name, but is more efficient. Much of | |
7661 | the code below (and for longjmp) is copied from the handling of | |
7662 | non-local gotos. | |
ca695ac9 | 7663 | |
b93a436e JL |
7664 | NOTE: This is intended for use by GNAT and the exception handling |
7665 | scheme in the compiler and will only work in the method used by | |
7666 | them. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 7667 | |
b93a436e | 7668 | rtx |
6fd1c67b | 7669 | expand_builtin_setjmp (buf_addr, target, first_label, next_label) |
b93a436e JL |
7670 | rtx buf_addr; |
7671 | rtx target; | |
6fd1c67b | 7672 | rtx first_label, next_label; |
b93a436e | 7673 | { |
6fd1c67b | 7674 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
b93a436e JL |
7675 | enum machine_mode sa_mode = Pmode, value_mode; |
7676 | rtx stack_save; | |
e9a25f70 | 7677 | |
b93a436e | 7678 | value_mode = TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node); |
ca695ac9 | 7679 | |
b93a436e JL |
7680 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
7681 | buf_addr = convert_memory_address (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
7682 | #endif | |
d7f21d63 | 7683 | |
b93a436e | 7684 | buf_addr = force_reg (Pmode, buf_addr); |
d7f21d63 | 7685 | |
b93a436e JL |
7686 | if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG |
7687 | || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
7688 | target = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode); | |
d7f21d63 | 7689 | |
b93a436e | 7690 | emit_queue (); |
d7f21d63 | 7691 | |
b93a436e JL |
7692 | /* We store the frame pointer and the address of lab1 in the buffer |
7693 | and use the rest of it for the stack save area, which is | |
7694 | machine-dependent. */ | |
7695 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, buf_addr), | |
7696 | virtual_stack_vars_rtx); | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7697 | emit_move_insn (validize_mem |
7698 | (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, | |
b93a436e JL |
7699 | plus_constant (buf_addr, |
7700 | GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode)))), | |
6fd1c67b | 7701 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, lab1)); |
d7f21d63 | 7702 | |
b93a436e JL |
7703 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal |
7704 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
7705 | sa_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_save_stack_nonlocal][0]; | |
7706 | #endif | |
6c174fc0 | 7707 | |
b93a436e JL |
7708 | stack_save = gen_rtx_MEM (sa_mode, |
7709 | plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
7710 | 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
7711 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &stack_save, NULL_RTX); | |
e9a25f70 | 7712 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7713 | /* If there is further processing to do, do it. */ |
7714 | #ifdef HAVE_builtin_setjmp_setup | |
7715 | if (HAVE_builtin_setjmp_setup) | |
7716 | emit_insn (gen_builtin_setjmp_setup (buf_addr)); | |
b93a436e | 7717 | #endif |
d7f21d63 | 7718 | |
6fd1c67b | 7719 | /* Set TARGET to zero and branch to the first-time-through label. */ |
b93a436e | 7720 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); |
6fd1c67b | 7721 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (first_label)); |
b93a436e JL |
7722 | emit_barrier (); |
7723 | emit_label (lab1); | |
d7f21d63 | 7724 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7725 | /* Tell flow about the strange goings on. */ |
7726 | current_function_has_nonlocal_label = 1; | |
7727 | ||
7728 | /* Clobber the FP when we get here, so we have to make sure it's | |
7729 | marked as used by this function. */ | |
b93a436e | 7730 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx)); |
e9a25f70 | 7731 | |
b93a436e JL |
7732 | /* Mark the static chain as clobbered here so life information |
7733 | doesn't get messed up for it. */ | |
7734 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx)); | |
d7f21d63 | 7735 | |
b93a436e JL |
7736 | /* Now put in the code to restore the frame pointer, and argument |
7737 | pointer, if needed. The code below is from expand_end_bindings | |
7738 | in stmt.c; see detailed documentation there. */ | |
7739 | #ifdef HAVE_nonlocal_goto | |
7740 | if (! HAVE_nonlocal_goto) | |
7741 | #endif | |
7742 | emit_move_insn (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 7743 | |
b93a436e JL |
7744 | #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
7745 | if (fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]) | |
7746 | { | |
7747 | #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS | |
081f5e7e | 7748 | int i; |
b93a436e | 7749 | static struct elims {int from, to;} elim_regs[] = ELIMINABLE_REGS; |
ca695ac9 | 7750 | |
b93a436e JL |
7751 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof elim_regs / sizeof elim_regs[0]; i++) |
7752 | if (elim_regs[i].from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM | |
7753 | && elim_regs[i].to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) | |
7754 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 7755 | |
b93a436e JL |
7756 | if (i == sizeof elim_regs / sizeof elim_regs [0]) |
7757 | #endif | |
7758 | { | |
7759 | /* Now restore our arg pointer from the address at which it | |
7760 | was saved in our stack frame. | |
7761 | If there hasn't be space allocated for it yet, make | |
7762 | some now. */ | |
7763 | if (arg_pointer_save_area == 0) | |
7764 | arg_pointer_save_area | |
7765 | = assign_stack_local (Pmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode), 0); | |
7766 | emit_move_insn (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, | |
7767 | copy_to_reg (arg_pointer_save_area)); | |
7768 | } | |
7769 | } | |
7770 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 7771 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7772 | #ifdef HAVE_builtin_setjmp_receiver |
7773 | if (HAVE_builtin_setjmp_receiver) | |
7774 | emit_insn (gen_builtin_setjmp_receiver (lab1)); | |
7775 | else | |
7776 | #endif | |
b93a436e | 7777 | #ifdef HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver |
6fd1c67b RH |
7778 | if (HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver) |
7779 | emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto_receiver ()); | |
7780 | else | |
b93a436e | 7781 | #endif |
081f5e7e KG |
7782 | { |
7783 | ; /* Nothing */ | |
7784 | } | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7785 | |
7786 | /* Set TARGET, and branch to the next-time-through label. */ | |
7787 | emit_move_insn (target, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (target), static_chain_rtx)); | |
7788 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (next_label)); | |
7789 | emit_barrier (); | |
ca695ac9 | 7790 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7791 | return target; |
7792 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 7793 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7794 | void |
7795 | expand_builtin_longjmp (buf_addr, value) | |
7796 | rtx buf_addr, value; | |
7797 | { | |
7798 | rtx fp, lab, stack; | |
7799 | enum machine_mode sa_mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 7800 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7801 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
7802 | buf_addr = convert_memory_address (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
b93a436e | 7803 | #endif |
6fd1c67b RH |
7804 | buf_addr = force_reg (Pmode, buf_addr); |
7805 | ||
7806 | /* The value sent by longjmp is not allowed to be zero. Force it | |
7807 | to one if so. */ | |
7808 | if (GET_CODE (value) == CONST_INT) | |
7809 | { | |
7810 | if (INTVAL (value) == 0) | |
7811 | value = const1_rtx; | |
7812 | } | |
7813 | else | |
7814 | { | |
7815 | lab = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7816 | ||
7817 | emit_cmp_insn (value, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (value), 0, 0); | |
7818 | emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (lab)); | |
7819 | emit_move_insn (value, const1_rtx); | |
7820 | emit_label (lab); | |
7821 | } | |
7822 | ||
7823 | /* Make sure the value is in the right mode to be copied to the chain. */ | |
7824 | if (GET_MODE (value) != VOIDmode) | |
7825 | value = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (static_chain_rtx), value); | |
7826 | ||
7827 | #ifdef HAVE_builtin_longjmp | |
7828 | if (HAVE_builtin_longjmp) | |
7829 | { | |
7830 | /* Copy the "return value" to the static chain reg. */ | |
7831 | emit_move_insn (static_chain_rtx, value); | |
7832 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx)); | |
7833 | emit_insn (gen_builtin_longjmp (buf_addr)); | |
7834 | } | |
7835 | else | |
b93a436e | 7836 | #endif |
6fd1c67b RH |
7837 | { |
7838 | fp = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
7839 | lab = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
7840 | GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
e9a25f70 | 7841 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7842 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal |
7843 | sa_mode = (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
7844 | ? insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_save_stack_nonlocal][0] | |
7845 | : Pmode); | |
7846 | #else | |
7847 | sa_mode = Pmode; | |
b93a436e | 7848 | #endif |
ca695ac9 | 7849 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7850 | stack = gen_rtx_MEM (sa_mode, plus_constant (buf_addr, |
7851 | 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
7852 | ||
7853 | /* Pick up FP, label, and SP from the block and jump. This code is | |
7854 | from expand_goto in stmt.c; see there for detailed comments. */ | |
7855 | #if HAVE_nonlocal_goto | |
7856 | if (HAVE_nonlocal_goto) | |
7857 | emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto (value, fp, stack, lab)); | |
7858 | else | |
b93a436e | 7859 | #endif |
6fd1c67b RH |
7860 | { |
7861 | lab = copy_to_reg (lab); | |
60bac6ea | 7862 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
7863 | /* Copy the "return value" to the static chain reg. */ |
7864 | emit_move_insn (static_chain_rtx, value); | |
7865 | ||
7866 | emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, fp); | |
7867 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_NONLOCAL, stack, NULL_RTX); | |
7868 | ||
7869 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx)); | |
7870 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx)); | |
7871 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx)); | |
7872 | emit_indirect_jump (lab); | |
7873 | } | |
7874 | } | |
b93a436e | 7875 | } |
60bac6ea | 7876 | |
b93a436e JL |
7877 | \f |
7878 | /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function, | |
7879 | with result going to TARGET if that's convenient | |
7880 | (and in mode MODE if that's convenient). | |
7881 | SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands. | |
7882 | IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */ | |
60bac6ea | 7883 | |
b93a436e JL |
7884 | #define CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN(NODE) \ |
7885 | (!strncmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (NODE)), "__builtin_", 10)) | |
60bac6ea | 7886 | |
b93a436e JL |
7887 | static rtx |
7888 | expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore) | |
7889 | tree exp; | |
7890 | rtx target; | |
7891 | rtx subtarget; | |
7892 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
7893 | int ignore; | |
7894 | { | |
7895 | tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
7896 | tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7897 | rtx op0; | |
7898 | rtx lab1, insns; | |
7899 | enum machine_mode value_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
7900 | optab builtin_optab; | |
60bac6ea | 7901 | |
b93a436e JL |
7902 | switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) |
7903 | { | |
7904 | case BUILT_IN_ABS: | |
7905 | case BUILT_IN_LABS: | |
7906 | case BUILT_IN_FABS: | |
7907 | /* build_function_call changes these into ABS_EXPR. */ | |
7908 | abort (); | |
4ed67205 | 7909 | |
b93a436e JL |
7910 | case BUILT_IN_SIN: |
7911 | case BUILT_IN_COS: | |
7912 | /* Treat these like sqrt, but only if the user asks for them. */ | |
7913 | if (! flag_fast_math) | |
7914 | break; | |
7915 | case BUILT_IN_FSQRT: | |
7916 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
7917 | if (! optimize) | |
7918 | break; | |
4ed67205 | 7919 | |
b93a436e JL |
7920 | if (arglist == 0 |
7921 | /* Arg could be wrong type if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
7922 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != REAL_TYPE) | |
4ed67205 RK |
7923 | break; |
7924 | ||
b93a436e JL |
7925 | /* Stabilize and compute the argument. */ |
7926 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != VAR_DECL | |
7927 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != PARM_DECL) | |
7928 | { | |
7929 | exp = copy_node (exp); | |
7930 | arglist = copy_node (arglist); | |
7931 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = arglist; | |
7932 | TREE_VALUE (arglist) = save_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
7933 | } | |
7934 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
b089937a | 7935 | |
b93a436e JL |
7936 | /* Make a suitable register to place result in. */ |
7937 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7565a035 | 7938 | |
b93a436e JL |
7939 | emit_queue (); |
7940 | start_sequence (); | |
7565a035 | 7941 | |
b93a436e JL |
7942 | switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) |
7943 | { | |
7944 | case BUILT_IN_SIN: | |
7945 | builtin_optab = sin_optab; break; | |
7946 | case BUILT_IN_COS: | |
7947 | builtin_optab = cos_optab; break; | |
7948 | case BUILT_IN_FSQRT: | |
7949 | builtin_optab = sqrt_optab; break; | |
7950 | default: | |
7951 | abort (); | |
7952 | } | |
4ed67205 | 7953 | |
b93a436e JL |
7954 | /* Compute into TARGET. |
7955 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ | |
7956 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
7957 | builtin_optab, op0, target, 0); | |
7958 | ||
7959 | /* If we were unable to expand via the builtin, stop the | |
7960 | sequence (without outputting the insns) and break, causing | |
7961 | a call the the library function. */ | |
7962 | if (target == 0) | |
4ed67205 | 7963 | { |
b93a436e JL |
7964 | end_sequence (); |
7965 | break; | |
7966 | } | |
4ed67205 | 7967 | |
b93a436e JL |
7968 | /* Check the results by default. But if flag_fast_math is turned on, |
7969 | then assume sqrt will always be called with valid arguments. */ | |
4ed67205 | 7970 | |
b93a436e JL |
7971 | if (! flag_fast_math) |
7972 | { | |
7973 | /* Don't define the builtin FP instructions | |
7974 | if your machine is not IEEE. */ | |
7975 | if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT) | |
7976 | abort (); | |
4ed67205 | 7977 | |
b93a436e | 7978 | lab1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
ca55abae | 7979 | |
b93a436e JL |
7980 | /* Test the result; if it is NaN, set errno=EDOM because |
7981 | the argument was not in the domain. */ | |
7982 | emit_cmp_insn (target, target, EQ, 0, GET_MODE (target), 0, 0); | |
7983 | emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (lab1)); | |
7984 | ||
7985 | #ifdef TARGET_EDOM | |
7986 | { | |
7987 | #ifdef GEN_ERRNO_RTX | |
7988 | rtx errno_rtx = GEN_ERRNO_RTX; | |
7989 | #else | |
7990 | rtx errno_rtx | |
7991 | = gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "errno")); | |
7992 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 7993 | |
b93a436e JL |
7994 | emit_move_insn (errno_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_EDOM)); |
7995 | } | |
7996 | #else | |
7997 | /* We can't set errno=EDOM directly; let the library call do it. | |
7998 | Pop the arguments right away in case the call gets deleted. */ | |
7999 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
8000 | expand_call (exp, target, 0); | |
8001 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
8002 | #endif | |
e7c33f54 | 8003 | |
b93a436e JL |
8004 | emit_label (lab1); |
8005 | } | |
0006469d | 8006 | |
b93a436e JL |
8007 | /* Output the entire sequence. */ |
8008 | insns = get_insns (); | |
8009 | end_sequence (); | |
8010 | emit_insns (insns); | |
8011 | ||
8012 | return target; | |
0006469d | 8013 | |
b93a436e JL |
8014 | case BUILT_IN_FMOD: |
8015 | break; | |
0006469d | 8016 | |
b93a436e JL |
8017 | /* __builtin_apply_args returns block of memory allocated on |
8018 | the stack into which is stored the arg pointer, structure | |
8019 | value address, static chain, and all the registers that might | |
8020 | possibly be used in performing a function call. The code is | |
8021 | moved to the start of the function so the incoming values are | |
8022 | saved. */ | |
8023 | case BUILT_IN_APPLY_ARGS: | |
8024 | /* Don't do __builtin_apply_args more than once in a function. | |
8025 | Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */ | |
8026 | if (apply_args_value != 0) | |
8027 | return apply_args_value; | |
8028 | { | |
8029 | /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be | |
8030 | saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the | |
8031 | call to the first insn of this function. */ | |
8032 | rtx temp; | |
8033 | rtx seq; | |
0006469d | 8034 | |
b93a436e JL |
8035 | start_sequence (); |
8036 | temp = expand_builtin_apply_args (); | |
8037 | seq = get_insns (); | |
8038 | end_sequence (); | |
0006469d | 8039 | |
b93a436e | 8040 | apply_args_value = temp; |
0006469d | 8041 | |
b93a436e JL |
8042 | /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function. |
8043 | If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn | |
8044 | chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the | |
8045 | function. */ | |
8046 | push_topmost_sequence (); | |
8047 | emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ())); | |
8048 | pop_topmost_sequence (); | |
8049 | return temp; | |
8050 | } | |
0006469d | 8051 | |
b93a436e JL |
8052 | /* __builtin_apply (FUNCTION, ARGUMENTS, ARGSIZE) invokes |
8053 | FUNCTION with a copy of the parameters described by | |
8054 | ARGUMENTS, and ARGSIZE. It returns a block of memory | |
8055 | allocated on the stack into which is stored all the registers | |
8056 | that might possibly be used for returning the result of a | |
8057 | function. ARGUMENTS is the value returned by | |
8058 | __builtin_apply_args. ARGSIZE is the number of bytes of | |
8059 | arguments that must be copied. ??? How should this value be | |
8060 | computed? We'll also need a safe worst case value for varargs | |
8061 | functions. */ | |
8062 | case BUILT_IN_APPLY: | |
8063 | if (arglist == 0 | |
8064 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 8065 | || ! POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) |
b93a436e JL |
8066 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 |
8067 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8068 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8069 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8070 | return const0_rtx; | |
8071 | else | |
8072 | { | |
8073 | int i; | |
8074 | tree t; | |
8075 | rtx ops[3]; | |
0006469d | 8076 | |
b93a436e JL |
8077 | for (t = arglist, i = 0; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t), i++) |
8078 | ops[i] = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (t), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8079 | |
b93a436e JL |
8080 | return expand_builtin_apply (ops[0], ops[1], ops[2]); |
8081 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8082 | |
b93a436e JL |
8083 | /* __builtin_return (RESULT) causes the function to return the |
8084 | value described by RESULT. RESULT is address of the block of | |
8085 | memory returned by __builtin_apply. */ | |
8086 | case BUILT_IN_RETURN: | |
8087 | if (arglist | |
8088 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8089 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) == POINTER_TYPE) | |
8090 | expand_builtin_return (expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
8091 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0)); | |
8092 | return const0_rtx; | |
ca695ac9 | 8093 | |
b93a436e JL |
8094 | case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS: |
8095 | /* Don't do __builtin_saveregs more than once in a function. | |
8096 | Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */ | |
8097 | if (saveregs_value != 0) | |
8098 | return saveregs_value; | |
8099 | { | |
8100 | /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be | |
8101 | saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the | |
8102 | call to the first insn of this function. */ | |
8103 | rtx temp; | |
8104 | rtx seq; | |
ca695ac9 | 8105 | |
b93a436e JL |
8106 | /* Now really call the function. `expand_call' does not call |
8107 | expand_builtin, so there is no danger of infinite recursion here. */ | |
8108 | start_sequence (); | |
ca695ac9 | 8109 | |
b93a436e JL |
8110 | #ifdef EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS |
8111 | /* Do whatever the machine needs done in this case. */ | |
8112 | temp = EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS (arglist); | |
8113 | #else | |
8114 | /* The register where the function returns its value | |
8115 | is likely to have something else in it, such as an argument. | |
8116 | So preserve that register around the call. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 8117 | |
b93a436e JL |
8118 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) |
8119 | { | |
8120 | rtx valreg = hard_libcall_value (value_mode); | |
8121 | rtx saved_valreg = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 8122 | |
b93a436e JL |
8123 | emit_move_insn (saved_valreg, valreg); |
8124 | temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
8125 | emit_move_insn (valreg, saved_valreg); | |
ca695ac9 JB |
8126 | } |
8127 | else | |
b93a436e JL |
8128 | /* Generate the call, putting the value in a pseudo. */ |
8129 | temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
8130 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 8131 | |
b93a436e JL |
8132 | seq = get_insns (); |
8133 | end_sequence (); | |
bbf6f052 | 8134 | |
b93a436e | 8135 | saveregs_value = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 8136 | |
b93a436e JL |
8137 | /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function. |
8138 | If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn | |
8139 | chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the | |
8140 | function. */ | |
8141 | push_topmost_sequence (); | |
8142 | emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ())); | |
8143 | pop_topmost_sequence (); | |
8144 | return temp; | |
8145 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8146 | |
b93a436e JL |
8147 | /* __builtin_args_info (N) returns word N of the arg space info |
8148 | for the current function. The number and meanings of words | |
8149 | is controlled by the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS. */ | |
8150 | case BUILT_IN_ARGS_INFO: | |
8151 | { | |
8152 | int nwords = sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) / sizeof (int); | |
b93a436e | 8153 | int *word_ptr = (int *) ¤t_function_args_info; |
381127e8 RL |
8154 | #if 0 |
8155 | /* These are used by the code below that is if 0'ed away */ | |
8156 | int i; | |
b93a436e | 8157 | tree type, elts, result; |
381127e8 | 8158 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 8159 | |
b93a436e JL |
8160 | if (sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) % sizeof (int) != 0) |
8161 | fatal ("CUMULATIVE_ARGS type defined badly; see %s, line %d", | |
8162 | __FILE__, __LINE__); | |
bbf6f052 | 8163 | |
b93a436e JL |
8164 | if (arglist != 0) |
8165 | { | |
8166 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8167 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) != INTEGER_CST) | |
8168 | error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' must be constant"); | |
8169 | else | |
8170 | { | |
8171 | int wordnum = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg); | |
bbf6f052 | 8172 | |
b93a436e JL |
8173 | if (wordnum < 0 || wordnum >= nwords || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg)) |
8174 | error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' out of range"); | |
8175 | else | |
8176 | return GEN_INT (word_ptr[wordnum]); | |
8177 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8178 | } |
8179 | else | |
b93a436e | 8180 | error ("missing argument in `__builtin_args_info'"); |
bbf6f052 | 8181 | |
b93a436e | 8182 | return const0_rtx; |
bbf6f052 | 8183 | |
b93a436e JL |
8184 | #if 0 |
8185 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
8186 | elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, build_int_2 (word_ptr[i], 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8187 | |
b93a436e JL |
8188 | type = build_array_type (integer_type_node, |
8189 | build_index_type (build_int_2 (nwords, 0))); | |
8190 | result = build (CONSTRUCTOR, type, NULL_TREE, nreverse (elts)); | |
8191 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
8192 | TREE_STATIC (result) = 1; | |
8193 | result = build (INDIRECT_REF, build_pointer_type (type), result); | |
8194 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
8195 | return expand_expr (result, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
8196 | #endif | |
8197 | } | |
8198 | ||
8199 | /* Return the address of the first anonymous stack arg. */ | |
8200 | case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG: | |
ca695ac9 | 8201 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8202 | tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl); |
8203 | ||
8204 | if ((TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) == 0 | |
8205 | || (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype))) | |
8206 | == void_type_node)) | |
8207 | && ! current_function_varargs) | |
8208 | { | |
8209 | error ("`va_start' used in function with fixed args"); | |
8210 | return const0_rtx; | |
8211 | } | |
8212 | ||
8213 | if (arglist) | |
8214 | { | |
8215 | tree last_parm = tree_last (DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl)); | |
8216 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8217 | ||
8218 | /* Strip off all nops for the sake of the comparison. This | |
8219 | is not quite the same as STRIP_NOPS. It does more. | |
8220 | We must also strip off INDIRECT_EXPR for C++ reference | |
8221 | parameters. */ | |
8222 | while (TREE_CODE (arg) == NOP_EXPR | |
8223 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == CONVERT_EXPR | |
8224 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
8225 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == INDIRECT_REF) | |
8226 | arg = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
8227 | if (arg != last_parm) | |
8228 | warning ("second parameter of `va_start' not last named argument"); | |
8229 | } | |
8230 | else if (! current_function_varargs) | |
8231 | /* Evidently an out of date version of <stdarg.h>; can't validate | |
8232 | va_start's second argument, but can still work as intended. */ | |
8233 | warning ("`__builtin_next_arg' called without an argument"); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8234 | } |
8235 | ||
b93a436e JL |
8236 | return expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, |
8237 | current_function_internal_arg_pointer, | |
8238 | current_function_arg_offset_rtx, | |
8239 | NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
ca695ac9 | 8240 | |
b93a436e JL |
8241 | case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE: |
8242 | if (arglist != 0) | |
8243 | { | |
8244 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8245 | enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); | |
8246 | if (code == VOID_TYPE) | |
8247 | return GEN_INT (void_type_class); | |
8248 | if (code == INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8249 | return GEN_INT (integer_type_class); | |
8250 | if (code == CHAR_TYPE) | |
8251 | return GEN_INT (char_type_class); | |
8252 | if (code == ENUMERAL_TYPE) | |
8253 | return GEN_INT (enumeral_type_class); | |
8254 | if (code == BOOLEAN_TYPE) | |
8255 | return GEN_INT (boolean_type_class); | |
8256 | if (code == POINTER_TYPE) | |
8257 | return GEN_INT (pointer_type_class); | |
8258 | if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE) | |
8259 | return GEN_INT (reference_type_class); | |
8260 | if (code == OFFSET_TYPE) | |
8261 | return GEN_INT (offset_type_class); | |
8262 | if (code == REAL_TYPE) | |
8263 | return GEN_INT (real_type_class); | |
8264 | if (code == COMPLEX_TYPE) | |
8265 | return GEN_INT (complex_type_class); | |
8266 | if (code == FUNCTION_TYPE) | |
8267 | return GEN_INT (function_type_class); | |
8268 | if (code == METHOD_TYPE) | |
8269 | return GEN_INT (method_type_class); | |
8270 | if (code == RECORD_TYPE) | |
8271 | return GEN_INT (record_type_class); | |
8272 | if (code == UNION_TYPE || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
8273 | return GEN_INT (union_type_class); | |
8274 | if (code == ARRAY_TYPE) | |
8275 | { | |
8276 | if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)) | |
8277 | return GEN_INT (string_type_class); | |
8278 | else | |
8279 | return GEN_INT (array_type_class); | |
8280 | } | |
8281 | if (code == SET_TYPE) | |
8282 | return GEN_INT (set_type_class); | |
8283 | if (code == FILE_TYPE) | |
8284 | return GEN_INT (file_type_class); | |
8285 | if (code == LANG_TYPE) | |
8286 | return GEN_INT (lang_type_class); | |
8287 | } | |
8288 | return GEN_INT (no_type_class); | |
ca695ac9 | 8289 | |
b93a436e JL |
8290 | case BUILT_IN_CONSTANT_P: |
8291 | if (arglist == 0) | |
8292 | return const0_rtx; | |
8293 | else | |
8294 | { | |
8295 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
ca695ac9 | 8296 | |
b93a436e JL |
8297 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); |
8298 | return (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (arg)) == 'c' | |
8299 | || (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
8300 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
8301 | ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
8302 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 8303 | |
b93a436e JL |
8304 | case BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS: |
8305 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
8306 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
8307 | The value is the address of that frame. */ | |
8308 | case BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS: | |
8309 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
8310 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
8311 | The value is the return address saved in that frame. */ | |
8312 | if (arglist == 0) | |
8313 | /* Warning about missing arg was already issued. */ | |
8314 | return const0_rtx; | |
8315 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != INTEGER_CST | |
8316 | || tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) < 0) | |
8317 | { | |
8318 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
8319 | error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_frame_address'"); | |
8320 | else | |
8321 | error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_return_address'"); | |
8322 | return const0_rtx; | |
8323 | } | |
8324 | else | |
8325 | { | |
8326 | rtx tem = expand_builtin_return_addr (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl), | |
8327 | TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (arglist)), | |
8328 | hard_frame_pointer_rtx); | |
ee33823f | 8329 | |
b93a436e JL |
8330 | /* Some ports cannot access arbitrary stack frames. */ |
8331 | if (tem == NULL) | |
8332 | { | |
8333 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
8334 | warning ("unsupported arg to `__builtin_frame_address'"); | |
8335 | else | |
8336 | warning ("unsupported arg to `__builtin_return_address'"); | |
8337 | return const0_rtx; | |
8338 | } | |
ee33823f | 8339 | |
b93a436e JL |
8340 | /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */ |
8341 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
8342 | return tem; | |
ee33823f | 8343 | |
b93a436e JL |
8344 | if (GET_CODE (tem) != REG) |
8345 | tem = copy_to_reg (tem); | |
8346 | return tem; | |
8347 | } | |
ee33823f | 8348 | |
b93a436e JL |
8349 | /* Returns the address of the area where the structure is returned. |
8350 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
8351 | case BUILT_IN_AGGREGATE_INCOMING_ADDRESS: | |
8352 | if (arglist != 0 | |
8353 | || ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl))) | |
8354 | || GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))) != MEM) | |
8355 | return const0_rtx; | |
8356 | else | |
8357 | return XEXP (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), 0); | |
ee33823f | 8358 | |
b93a436e JL |
8359 | case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA: |
8360 | if (arglist == 0 | |
8361 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8362 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8363 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8364 | |
b93a436e JL |
8365 | /* Compute the argument. */ |
8366 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8367 | |
b93a436e JL |
8368 | /* Allocate the desired space. */ |
8369 | return allocate_dynamic_stack_space (op0, target, BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
ca695ac9 | 8370 | |
b93a436e JL |
8371 | case BUILT_IN_FFS: |
8372 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8373 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8374 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8375 | |
b93a436e JL |
8376 | if (arglist == 0 |
8377 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8378 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8379 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8380 | |
b93a436e JL |
8381 | /* Compute the argument. */ |
8382 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8383 | /* Compute ffs, into TARGET if possible. | |
8384 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ | |
8385 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
8386 | ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
8387 | if (target == 0) | |
8388 | abort (); | |
8389 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 | 8390 | |
b93a436e JL |
8391 | case BUILT_IN_STRLEN: |
8392 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8393 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8394 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8395 | |
b93a436e JL |
8396 | if (arglist == 0 |
8397 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8398 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8399 | break; | |
8400 | else | |
8401 | { | |
8402 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8403 | tree len = c_strlen (src); | |
bbf6f052 | 8404 | |
b93a436e JL |
8405 | int align |
8406 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
46b68a37 | 8407 | |
b93a436e JL |
8408 | rtx result, src_rtx, char_rtx; |
8409 | enum machine_mode insn_mode = value_mode, char_mode; | |
8410 | enum insn_code icode; | |
46b68a37 | 8411 | |
b93a436e JL |
8412 | /* If the length is known, just return it. */ |
8413 | if (len != 0) | |
8414 | return expand_expr (len, target, mode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
956d6950 | 8415 | |
b93a436e JL |
8416 | /* If SRC is not a pointer type, don't do this operation inline. */ |
8417 | if (align == 0) | |
8418 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8419 | |
b93a436e | 8420 | /* Call a function if we can't compute strlen in the right mode. */ |
bbf6f052 | 8421 | |
b93a436e JL |
8422 | while (insn_mode != VOIDmode) |
8423 | { | |
8424 | icode = strlen_optab->handlers[(int) insn_mode].insn_code; | |
8425 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
8426 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8427 | |
b93a436e JL |
8428 | insn_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (insn_mode); |
8429 | } | |
8430 | if (insn_mode == VOIDmode) | |
8431 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8432 | |
b93a436e JL |
8433 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ |
8434 | result = target; | |
8435 | if (! (result != 0 | |
8436 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG | |
8437 | && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
8438 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8439 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 8440 | |
b93a436e | 8441 | /* Make sure the operands are acceptable to the predicates. */ |
ca695ac9 | 8442 | |
b93a436e JL |
8443 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][0]) (result, insn_mode)) |
8444 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
8445 | src_rtx = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
8446 | expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, | |
8447 | EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8448 | |
b93a436e JL |
8449 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][1]) (src_rtx, Pmode)) |
8450 | src_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, src_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 | 8451 | |
b93a436e JL |
8452 | /* Check the string is readable and has an end. */ |
8453 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8454 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_str_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 2, | |
8455 | src_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8456 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RO), | |
8457 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8458 | |
b93a436e JL |
8459 | char_rtx = const0_rtx; |
8460 | char_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int)icode][2]; | |
8461 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][2]) (char_rtx, char_mode)) | |
8462 | char_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (char_mode, char_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 | 8463 | |
b93a436e JL |
8464 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (result, |
8465 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, src_rtx), | |
8466 | char_rtx, GEN_INT (align))); | |
bbf6f052 | 8467 | |
b93a436e JL |
8468 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ |
8469 | if (GET_MODE (result) == value_mode) | |
8470 | return result; | |
8471 | else if (target != 0) | |
8472 | { | |
8473 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
8474 | return target; | |
8475 | } | |
8476 | else | |
8477 | return convert_to_mode (value_mode, result, 0); | |
8478 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8479 | |
b93a436e JL |
8480 | case BUILT_IN_STRCPY: |
8481 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8482 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8483 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8484 | |
b93a436e JL |
8485 | if (arglist == 0 |
8486 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8487 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8488 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8489 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8490 | break; | |
8491 | else | |
8492 | { | |
8493 | tree len = c_strlen (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
bbf6f052 | 8494 | |
b93a436e JL |
8495 | if (len == 0) |
8496 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8497 | |
b93a436e | 8498 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, len, integer_one_node); |
6d100794 | 8499 | |
b93a436e JL |
8500 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
8501 | } | |
6d100794 | 8502 | |
b93a436e JL |
8503 | /* Drops in. */ |
8504 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY: | |
8505 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8506 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8507 | break; | |
e7c33f54 | 8508 | |
b93a436e JL |
8509 | if (arglist == 0 |
8510 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8511 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8512 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8513 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) | |
8514 | != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8515 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8516 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE | |
8517 | (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) | |
8518 | != INTEGER_TYPE)) | |
8519 | break; | |
8520 | else | |
8521 | { | |
8522 | tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8523 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
8524 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8525 | tree type; | |
e7c33f54 | 8526 | |
b93a436e JL |
8527 | int src_align |
8528 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8529 | int dest_align | |
8530 | = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8531 | rtx dest_rtx, dest_mem, src_mem, src_rtx, dest_addr, len_rtx; | |
e7c33f54 | 8532 | |
b93a436e JL |
8533 | /* If either SRC or DEST is not a pointer type, don't do |
8534 | this operation in-line. */ | |
8535 | if (src_align == 0 || dest_align == 0) | |
8536 | { | |
8537 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCPY) | |
8538 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
8539 | break; | |
8540 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 8541 | |
b93a436e JL |
8542 | dest_rtx = expand_expr (dest, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, EXPAND_SUM); |
8543 | dest_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8544 | memory_address (BLKmode, dest_rtx)); | |
8545 | /* There could be a void* cast on top of the object. */ | |
8546 | while (TREE_CODE (dest) == NOP_EXPR) | |
8547 | dest = TREE_OPERAND (dest, 0); | |
8548 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (dest)); | |
8549 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dest_mem) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
8550 | src_rtx = expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, EXPAND_SUM); | |
8551 | src_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8552 | memory_address (BLKmode, src_rtx)); | |
8553 | len_rtx = expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 8554 | |
b93a436e JL |
8555 | /* Just copy the rights of SRC to the rights of DEST. */ |
8556 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8557 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
8558 | dest_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8559 | src_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8560 | len_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
e7c33f54 | 8561 | |
b93a436e JL |
8562 | /* There could be a void* cast on top of the object. */ |
8563 | while (TREE_CODE (src) == NOP_EXPR) | |
8564 | src = TREE_OPERAND (src, 0); | |
8565 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (src)); | |
8566 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (src_mem) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
e7c33f54 | 8567 | |
b93a436e JL |
8568 | /* Copy word part most expediently. */ |
8569 | dest_addr | |
8570 | = emit_block_move (dest_mem, src_mem, len_rtx, | |
8571 | MIN (src_align, dest_align)); | |
e7c33f54 | 8572 | |
b93a436e JL |
8573 | if (dest_addr == 0) |
8574 | dest_addr = force_operand (dest_rtx, NULL_RTX); | |
e7c33f54 | 8575 | |
b93a436e JL |
8576 | return dest_addr; |
8577 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 8578 | |
b93a436e JL |
8579 | case BUILT_IN_MEMSET: |
8580 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8581 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8582 | break; | |
e7c33f54 | 8583 | |
b93a436e JL |
8584 | if (arglist == 0 |
8585 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8586 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8587 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8588 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) | |
8589 | != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8590 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8591 | || (INTEGER_TYPE | |
8592 | != (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE | |
8593 | (TREE_VALUE | |
8594 | (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))))))) | |
8595 | break; | |
8596 | else | |
8597 | { | |
8598 | tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8599 | tree val = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
8600 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8601 | tree type; | |
e7c33f54 | 8602 | |
b93a436e JL |
8603 | int dest_align |
8604 | = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8605 | rtx dest_rtx, dest_mem, dest_addr, len_rtx; | |
e7c33f54 | 8606 | |
b93a436e JL |
8607 | /* If DEST is not a pointer type, don't do this |
8608 | operation in-line. */ | |
8609 | if (dest_align == 0) | |
8610 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8611 | |
b93a436e JL |
8612 | /* If VAL is not 0, don't do this operation in-line. */ |
8613 | if (expand_expr (val, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0) != const0_rtx) | |
8614 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8615 | |
b93a436e JL |
8616 | /* If LEN does not expand to a constant, don't do this |
8617 | operation in-line. */ | |
8618 | len_rtx = expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8619 | if (GET_CODE (len_rtx) != CONST_INT) | |
8620 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8621 | |
b93a436e JL |
8622 | dest_rtx = expand_expr (dest, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, EXPAND_SUM); |
8623 | dest_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8624 | memory_address (BLKmode, dest_rtx)); | |
8625 | ||
8626 | /* Just check DST is writable and mark it as readable. */ | |
8627 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8628 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
8629 | dest_rtx, ptr_mode, | |
8630 | len_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
8631 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), | |
8632 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8633 | |
b93a436e JL |
8634 | /* There could be a void* cast on top of the object. */ |
8635 | while (TREE_CODE (dest) == NOP_EXPR) | |
8636 | dest = TREE_OPERAND (dest, 0); | |
8637 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (dest)); | |
8638 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dest_mem) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
bbf6f052 | 8639 | |
b93a436e | 8640 | dest_addr = clear_storage (dest_mem, len_rtx, dest_align); |
bbf6f052 | 8641 | |
b93a436e JL |
8642 | if (dest_addr == 0) |
8643 | dest_addr = force_operand (dest_rtx, NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 | 8644 | |
b93a436e JL |
8645 | return dest_addr; |
8646 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8647 | |
b93a436e JL |
8648 | /* These comparison functions need an instruction that returns an actual |
8649 | index. An ordinary compare that just sets the condition codes | |
8650 | is not enough. */ | |
8651 | #ifdef HAVE_cmpstrsi | |
8652 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
8653 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8654 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8655 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8656 | |
b93a436e JL |
8657 | /* If we need to check memory accesses, call the library function. */ |
8658 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8659 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8660 | |
b93a436e JL |
8661 | if (arglist == 0 |
8662 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8663 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8664 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8665 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8666 | break; | |
8667 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
8668 | break; | |
8669 | { | |
8670 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8671 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
b93a436e | 8672 | tree len, len2; |
a97f5a86 | 8673 | |
b93a436e JL |
8674 | len = c_strlen (arg1); |
8675 | if (len) | |
8676 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len); | |
8677 | len2 = c_strlen (arg2); | |
8678 | if (len2) | |
8679 | len2 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len2); | |
e9cdf6e4 | 8680 | |
b93a436e JL |
8681 | /* If we don't have a constant length for the first, use the length |
8682 | of the second, if we know it. We don't require a constant for | |
8683 | this case; some cost analysis could be done if both are available | |
8684 | but neither is constant. For now, assume they're equally cheap. | |
e9cdf6e4 | 8685 | |
b93a436e JL |
8686 | If both strings have constant lengths, use the smaller. This |
8687 | could arise if optimization results in strcpy being called with | |
8688 | two fixed strings, or if the code was machine-generated. We should | |
8689 | add some code to the `memcmp' handler below to deal with such | |
8690 | situations, someday. */ | |
8691 | if (!len || TREE_CODE (len) != INTEGER_CST) | |
8692 | { | |
8693 | if (len2) | |
8694 | len = len2; | |
8695 | else if (len == 0) | |
8696 | break; | |
8697 | } | |
8698 | else if (len2 && TREE_CODE (len2) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8699 | { | |
8700 | if (tree_int_cst_lt (len2, len)) | |
8701 | len = len2; | |
8702 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8703 | |
b93a436e JL |
8704 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
8705 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8706 | |
b93a436e JL |
8707 | /* Drops in. */ |
8708 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
8709 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8710 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
8711 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8712 | |
b93a436e JL |
8713 | /* If we need to check memory accesses, call the library function. */ |
8714 | if (flag_check_memory_usage) | |
8715 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 8716 | |
b93a436e JL |
8717 | if (arglist == 0 |
8718 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8719 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8720 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8721 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8722 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8723 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8724 | break; | |
8725 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
8726 | break; | |
8727 | { | |
8728 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
8729 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
8730 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8731 | rtx result; | |
0842a179 | 8732 | |
b93a436e JL |
8733 | int arg1_align |
8734 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg1, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8735 | int arg2_align | |
8736 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg2, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
8737 | enum machine_mode insn_mode | |
8738 | = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrsi][0]; | |
0842a179 | 8739 | |
b93a436e JL |
8740 | /* If we don't have POINTER_TYPE, call the function. */ |
8741 | if (arg1_align == 0 || arg2_align == 0) | |
8742 | { | |
8743 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCMP) | |
8744 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
8745 | break; | |
8746 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8747 | |
b93a436e JL |
8748 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ |
8749 | result = target; | |
8750 | if (! (result != 0 | |
8751 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
8752 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8753 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 8754 | |
b93a436e JL |
8755 | emit_insn (gen_cmpstrsi (result, |
8756 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8757 | expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, | |
8758 | ptr_mode, | |
8759 | EXPAND_NORMAL)), | |
8760 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8761 | expand_expr (arg2, NULL_RTX, | |
8762 | ptr_mode, | |
8763 | EXPAND_NORMAL)), | |
8764 | expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), | |
8765 | GEN_INT (MIN (arg1_align, arg2_align)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 8766 | |
b93a436e JL |
8767 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ |
8768 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
8769 | if (GET_MODE (result) == mode) | |
8770 | return result; | |
8771 | else if (target != 0) | |
8772 | { | |
8773 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
8774 | return target; | |
8775 | } | |
8776 | else | |
8777 | return convert_to_mode (mode, result, 0); | |
8778 | } | |
8779 | #else | |
8780 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
8781 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
8782 | break; | |
8783 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 8784 | |
b93a436e JL |
8785 | case BUILT_IN_SETJMP: |
8786 | if (arglist == 0 | |
8787 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8788 | break; | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8789 | else |
8790 | { | |
8791 | rtx buf_addr = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, | |
8792 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
8793 | rtx lab = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8794 | rtx ret = expand_builtin_setjmp (buf_addr, target, lab, lab); | |
8795 | emit_label (lab); | |
8796 | return ret; | |
8797 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8798 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8799 | /* __builtin_longjmp is passed a pointer to an array of five words. |
8800 | It's similar to the C library longjmp function but works with | |
8801 | __builtin_setjmp above. */ | |
b93a436e JL |
8802 | case BUILT_IN_LONGJMP: |
8803 | if (arglist == 0 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
8804 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8805 | break; | |
b93a436e | 8806 | else |
b93a436e | 8807 | { |
6fd1c67b RH |
8808 | rtx buf_addr = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, |
8809 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
8810 | rtx value = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)), | |
8811 | const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8812 | expand_builtin_longjmp (buf_addr, value); | |
8813 | return const0_rtx; | |
b93a436e | 8814 | } |
bbf6f052 | 8815 | |
b93a436e JL |
8816 | /* Various hooks for the DWARF 2 __throw routine. */ |
8817 | case BUILT_IN_UNWIND_INIT: | |
8818 | expand_builtin_unwind_init (); | |
8819 | return const0_rtx; | |
8820 | case BUILT_IN_FP: | |
8821 | return frame_pointer_rtx; | |
8822 | case BUILT_IN_SP: | |
8823 | return stack_pointer_rtx; | |
8824 | #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO | |
8825 | case BUILT_IN_DWARF_FP_REGNUM: | |
8826 | return expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum (); | |
8827 | case BUILT_IN_DWARF_REG_SIZE: | |
8828 | return expand_builtin_dwarf_reg_size (TREE_VALUE (arglist), target); | |
fb2ca25a | 8829 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
8830 | case BUILT_IN_FROB_RETURN_ADDR: |
8831 | return expand_builtin_frob_return_addr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8832 | case BUILT_IN_EXTRACT_RETURN_ADDR: | |
8833 | return expand_builtin_extract_return_addr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8834 | case BUILT_IN_SET_RETURN_ADDR_REG: | |
8835 | expand_builtin_set_return_addr_reg (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8836 | return const0_rtx; | |
8837 | case BUILT_IN_EH_STUB: | |
8838 | return expand_builtin_eh_stub (); | |
8839 | case BUILT_IN_SET_EH_REGS: | |
8840 | expand_builtin_set_eh_regs (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
8841 | TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
8842 | return const0_rtx; | |
ca695ac9 | 8843 | |
b93a436e JL |
8844 | default: /* just do library call, if unknown builtin */ |
8845 | error ("built-in function `%s' not currently supported", | |
8846 | IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl))); | |
ca695ac9 | 8847 | } |
0006469d | 8848 | |
b93a436e JL |
8849 | /* The switch statement above can drop through to cause the function |
8850 | to be called normally. */ | |
0006469d | 8851 | |
b93a436e | 8852 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
ca695ac9 | 8853 | } |
b93a436e JL |
8854 | \f |
8855 | /* Built-in functions to perform an untyped call and return. */ | |
0006469d | 8856 | |
b93a436e JL |
8857 | /* For each register that may be used for calling a function, this |
8858 | gives a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates | |
8859 | the register is not used for calling a function. If the machine | |
8860 | has register windows, this gives only the outbound registers. | |
8861 | INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */ | |
8862 | static enum machine_mode apply_args_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
0006469d | 8863 | |
b93a436e JL |
8864 | /* For each register that may be used for returning values, this gives |
8865 | a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates the | |
8866 | register is not used for returning values. If the machine has | |
8867 | register windows, this gives only the outbound registers. | |
8868 | INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */ | |
8869 | static enum machine_mode apply_result_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
0006469d | 8870 | |
b93a436e JL |
8871 | /* For each register that may be used for calling a function, this |
8872 | gives the offset of that register into the block returned by | |
8873 | __builtin_apply_args. 0 indicates that the register is not | |
8874 | used for calling a function. */ | |
8875 | static int apply_args_reg_offset[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
8876 | ||
8877 | /* Return the offset of register REGNO into the block returned by | |
8878 | __builtin_apply_args. This is not declared static, since it is | |
8879 | needed in objc-act.c. */ | |
0006469d | 8880 | |
b93a436e JL |
8881 | int |
8882 | apply_args_register_offset (regno) | |
8883 | int regno; | |
8884 | { | |
8885 | apply_args_size (); | |
0006469d | 8886 | |
b93a436e JL |
8887 | /* Arguments are always put in outgoing registers (in the argument |
8888 | block) if such make sense. */ | |
8889 | #ifdef OUTGOING_REGNO | |
8890 | regno = OUTGOING_REGNO(regno); | |
8891 | #endif | |
8892 | return apply_args_reg_offset[regno]; | |
8893 | } | |
904762c8 | 8894 | |
b93a436e JL |
8895 | /* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply_args, |
8896 | and initialize apply_args_mode. */ | |
8897 | ||
8898 | static int | |
8899 | apply_args_size () | |
0006469d | 8900 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8901 | static int size = -1; |
8902 | int align, regno; | |
2f6e6d22 | 8903 | enum machine_mode mode; |
0006469d | 8904 | |
b93a436e JL |
8905 | /* The values computed by this function never change. */ |
8906 | if (size < 0) | |
ca695ac9 | 8907 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8908 | /* The first value is the incoming arg-pointer. */ |
8909 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 8910 | |
b93a436e JL |
8911 | /* The second value is the structure value address unless this is |
8912 | passed as an "invisible" first argument. */ | |
8913 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
8914 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 8915 | |
b93a436e JL |
8916 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) |
8917 | if (FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
8918 | { | |
8919 | /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's | |
8920 | value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */ | |
8921 | enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode; | |
0006469d | 8922 | |
b93a436e JL |
8923 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
8924 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
8925 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8926 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
8927 | && HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) == 1) | |
8928 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8929 | |
b93a436e JL |
8930 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) |
8931 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); | |
8932 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
8933 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8934 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
8935 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code | |
8936 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
8937 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8938 | |
b93a436e JL |
8939 | mode = best_mode; |
8940 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
8941 | abort (); | |
904762c8 | 8942 | |
b93a436e JL |
8943 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
8944 | if (size % align != 0) | |
8945 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
8946 | apply_args_reg_offset[regno] = size; | |
8947 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
8948 | apply_args_mode[regno] = mode; | |
8949 | } | |
8950 | else | |
8951 | { | |
8952 | apply_args_mode[regno] = VOIDmode; | |
8953 | apply_args_reg_offset[regno] = 0; | |
8954 | } | |
8955 | } | |
8956 | return size; | |
8957 | } | |
0006469d | 8958 | |
b93a436e JL |
8959 | /* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply, |
8960 | and initialize apply_result_mode. */ | |
904762c8 | 8961 | |
b93a436e JL |
8962 | static int |
8963 | apply_result_size () | |
8964 | { | |
8965 | static int size = -1; | |
8966 | int align, regno; | |
8967 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
0006469d | 8968 | |
b93a436e JL |
8969 | /* The values computed by this function never change. */ |
8970 | if (size < 0) | |
8971 | { | |
8972 | size = 0; | |
0006469d | 8973 | |
b93a436e JL |
8974 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) |
8975 | if (FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
8976 | { | |
8977 | /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's | |
8978 | value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */ | |
8979 | enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode; | |
0006469d | 8980 | |
b93a436e JL |
8981 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
8982 | mode != TImode; | |
8983 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8984 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
8985 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8986 | |
b93a436e JL |
8987 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) |
8988 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); | |
8989 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
8990 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
8991 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
8992 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code | |
8993 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
8994 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 8995 | |
b93a436e JL |
8996 | mode = best_mode; |
8997 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
8998 | abort (); | |
8999 | ||
9000 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9001 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9002 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9003 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
9004 | apply_result_mode[regno] = mode; | |
9005 | } | |
9006 | else | |
9007 | apply_result_mode[regno] = VOIDmode; | |
9008 | ||
9009 | /* Allow targets that use untyped_call and untyped_return to override | |
9010 | the size so that machine-specific information can be stored here. */ | |
9011 | #ifdef APPLY_RESULT_SIZE | |
9012 | size = APPLY_RESULT_SIZE; | |
9013 | #endif | |
9014 | } | |
9015 | return size; | |
9016 | } | |
0006469d | 9017 | |
b93a436e JL |
9018 | #if defined (HAVE_untyped_call) || defined (HAVE_untyped_return) |
9019 | /* Create a vector describing the result block RESULT. If SAVEP is true, | |
9020 | the result block is used to save the values; otherwise it is used to | |
9021 | restore the values. */ | |
9022 | ||
9023 | static rtx | |
9024 | result_vector (savep, result) | |
9025 | int savep; | |
9026 | rtx result; | |
9027 | { | |
9028 | int regno, size, align, nelts; | |
9029 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9030 | rtx reg, mem; | |
9031 | rtx *savevec = (rtx *) alloca (FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof (rtx)); | |
9032 | ||
9033 | size = nelts = 0; | |
9034 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9035 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9036 | { | |
9037 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9038 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9039 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9040 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, savep ? regno : INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); | |
9041 | mem = change_address (result, mode, | |
9042 | plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0), size)); | |
9043 | savevec[nelts++] = (savep | |
9044 | ? gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem, reg) | |
9045 | : gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, mem)); | |
9046 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 9047 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9048 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec_v (nelts, savevec)); |
9049 | } | |
9050 | #endif /* HAVE_untyped_call or HAVE_untyped_return */ | |
0006469d | 9051 | |
b93a436e JL |
9052 | /* Save the state required to perform an untyped call with the same |
9053 | arguments as were passed to the current function. */ | |
904762c8 | 9054 | |
b93a436e JL |
9055 | static rtx |
9056 | expand_builtin_apply_args () | |
9057 | { | |
9058 | rtx registers; | |
9059 | int size, align, regno; | |
9060 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
0006469d | 9061 | |
b93a436e JL |
9062 | /* Create a block where the arg-pointer, structure value address, |
9063 | and argument registers can be saved. */ | |
9064 | registers = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_args_size (), -1); | |
0cb1d109 | 9065 | |
b93a436e JL |
9066 | /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */ |
9067 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9068 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
9069 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0cb1d109 | 9070 | |
b93a436e JL |
9071 | /* Save each register used in calling a function to the block. */ |
9072 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9073 | if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9074 | { | |
9075 | rtx tem; | |
0cb1d109 | 9076 | |
b93a436e JL |
9077 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
9078 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9079 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
0006469d | 9080 | |
b93a436e | 9081 | tem = gen_rtx_REG (mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); |
0e8c9172 | 9082 | |
b93a436e JL |
9083 | #ifdef STACK_REGS |
9084 | /* For reg-stack.c's stack register household. | |
9085 | Compare with a similar piece of code in function.c. */ | |
0006469d | 9086 | |
b93a436e JL |
9087 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (mode, tem)); |
9088 | #endif | |
0e8c9172 | 9089 | |
b93a436e JL |
9090 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, mode, |
9091 | plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0), | |
9092 | size)), | |
9093 | tem); | |
9094 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
0e8c9172 | 9095 | } |
0006469d | 9096 | |
b93a436e JL |
9097 | /* Save the arg pointer to the block. */ |
9098 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode, XEXP (registers, 0)), | |
9099 | copy_to_reg (virtual_incoming_args_rtx)); | |
9100 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 9101 | |
b93a436e JL |
9102 | /* Save the structure value address unless this is passed as an |
9103 | "invisible" first argument. */ | |
9104 | if (struct_value_incoming_rtx) | |
9105 | { | |
9106 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode, | |
9107 | plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0), | |
9108 | size)), | |
9109 | copy_to_reg (struct_value_incoming_rtx)); | |
9110 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9111 | } | |
0006469d | 9112 | |
b93a436e JL |
9113 | /* Return the address of the block. */ |
9114 | return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (registers, 0)); | |
9115 | } | |
0006469d | 9116 | |
b93a436e JL |
9117 | /* Perform an untyped call and save the state required to perform an |
9118 | untyped return of whatever value was returned by the given function. */ | |
0006469d | 9119 | |
b93a436e JL |
9120 | static rtx |
9121 | expand_builtin_apply (function, arguments, argsize) | |
9122 | rtx function, arguments, argsize; | |
9123 | { | |
9124 | int size, align, regno; | |
9125 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9126 | rtx incoming_args, result, reg, dest, call_insn; | |
9127 | rtx old_stack_level = 0; | |
9128 | rtx call_fusage = 0; | |
0006469d | 9129 | |
b93a436e JL |
9130 | /* Create a block where the return registers can be saved. */ |
9131 | result = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_result_size (), -1); | |
9132 | ||
9133 | /* ??? The argsize value should be adjusted here. */ | |
9134 | ||
9135 | /* Fetch the arg pointer from the ARGUMENTS block. */ | |
9136 | incoming_args = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
9137 | emit_move_insn (incoming_args, | |
9138 | gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, arguments)); | |
9139 | #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
9140 | incoming_args = expand_binop (Pmode, sub_optab, incoming_args, argsize, | |
9141 | incoming_args, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9142 | #endif | |
9143 | ||
9144 | /* Perform postincrements before actually calling the function. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9145 | emit_queue (); |
0006469d | 9146 | |
b93a436e JL |
9147 | /* Push a new argument block and copy the arguments. */ |
9148 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
0006469d | 9149 | |
b93a436e JL |
9150 | /* Save the stack with nonlocal if available */ |
9151 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
9152 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
9153 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
9154 | else | |
9155 | #endif | |
9156 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_BLOCK, &old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
0006469d | 9157 | |
b93a436e JL |
9158 | /* Push a block of memory onto the stack to store the memory arguments. |
9159 | Save the address in a register, and copy the memory arguments. ??? I | |
9160 | haven't figured out how the calling convention macros effect this, | |
9161 | but it's likely that the source and/or destination addresses in | |
9162 | the block copy will need updating in machine specific ways. */ | |
9163 | dest = allocate_dynamic_stack_space (argsize, 0, 0); | |
9164 | emit_block_move (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, dest), | |
9165 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, incoming_args), | |
9166 | argsize, | |
9167 | PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
9168 | ||
9169 | /* Refer to the argument block. */ | |
9170 | apply_args_size (); | |
9171 | arguments = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, arguments); | |
9172 | ||
9173 | /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */ | |
9174 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9175 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
9176 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9177 | ||
9178 | /* Restore each of the registers previously saved. Make USE insns | |
9179 | for each of these registers for use in making the call. */ | |
9180 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9181 | if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9182 | { | |
9183 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9184 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9185 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9186 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); | |
9187 | emit_move_insn (reg, | |
9188 | change_address (arguments, mode, | |
9189 | plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0), | |
9190 | size))); | |
9191 | ||
9192 | use_reg (&call_fusage, reg); | |
9193 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
9194 | } | |
9195 | ||
9196 | /* Restore the structure value address unless this is passed as an | |
9197 | "invisible" first argument. */ | |
9198 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9199 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
0006469d | 9200 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9201 | rtx value = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); |
9202 | emit_move_insn (value, | |
9203 | change_address (arguments, Pmode, | |
9204 | plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0), | |
9205 | size))); | |
9206 | emit_move_insn (struct_value_rtx, value); | |
9207 | if (GET_CODE (struct_value_rtx) == REG) | |
9208 | use_reg (&call_fusage, struct_value_rtx); | |
9209 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
ca695ac9 | 9210 | } |
0006469d | 9211 | |
b93a436e JL |
9212 | /* All arguments and registers used for the call are set up by now! */ |
9213 | function = prepare_call_address (function, NULL_TREE, &call_fusage, 0); | |
0006469d | 9214 | |
b93a436e JL |
9215 | /* Ensure address is valid. SYMBOL_REF is already valid, so no need, |
9216 | and we don't want to load it into a register as an optimization, | |
9217 | because prepare_call_address already did it if it should be done. */ | |
9218 | if (GET_CODE (function) != SYMBOL_REF) | |
9219 | function = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, function); | |
0006469d | 9220 | |
b93a436e JL |
9221 | /* Generate the actual call instruction and save the return value. */ |
9222 | #ifdef HAVE_untyped_call | |
9223 | if (HAVE_untyped_call) | |
9224 | emit_call_insn (gen_untyped_call (gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, function), | |
9225 | result, result_vector (1, result))); | |
9226 | else | |
9227 | #endif | |
9228 | #ifdef HAVE_call_value | |
9229 | if (HAVE_call_value) | |
ca695ac9 | 9230 | { |
b93a436e | 9231 | rtx valreg = 0; |
0006469d | 9232 | |
b93a436e JL |
9233 | /* Locate the unique return register. It is not possible to |
9234 | express a call that sets more than one return register using | |
9235 | call_value; use untyped_call for that. In fact, untyped_call | |
9236 | only needs to save the return registers in the given block. */ | |
9237 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9238 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9239 | { | |
9240 | if (valreg) | |
9241 | abort (); /* HAVE_untyped_call required. */ | |
9242 | valreg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); | |
9243 | } | |
0006469d | 9244 | |
b93a436e JL |
9245 | emit_call_insn (gen_call_value (valreg, |
9246 | gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, function), | |
9247 | const0_rtx, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx)); | |
0006469d | 9248 | |
b93a436e JL |
9249 | emit_move_insn (change_address (result, GET_MODE (valreg), |
9250 | XEXP (result, 0)), | |
9251 | valreg); | |
ca695ac9 | 9252 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9253 | else |
9254 | #endif | |
9255 | abort (); | |
0006469d | 9256 | |
b93a436e JL |
9257 | /* Find the CALL insn we just emitted. */ |
9258 | for (call_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
9259 | call_insn && GET_CODE (call_insn) != CALL_INSN; | |
9260 | call_insn = PREV_INSN (call_insn)) | |
9261 | ; | |
0006469d | 9262 | |
b93a436e JL |
9263 | if (! call_insn) |
9264 | abort (); | |
0006469d | 9265 | |
b93a436e JL |
9266 | /* Put the register usage information on the CALL. If there is already |
9267 | some usage information, put ours at the end. */ | |
9268 | if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn)) | |
0006469d | 9269 | { |
b93a436e | 9270 | rtx link; |
0006469d | 9271 | |
b93a436e JL |
9272 | for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn); XEXP (link, 1) != 0; |
9273 | link = XEXP (link, 1)) | |
9274 | ; | |
9275 | ||
9276 | XEXP (link, 1) = call_fusage; | |
ca695ac9 | 9277 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9278 | else |
9279 | CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn) = call_fusage; | |
0006469d | 9280 | |
b93a436e JL |
9281 | /* Restore the stack. */ |
9282 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
9283 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
9284 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_NONLOCAL, old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
9285 | else | |
9286 | #endif | |
9287 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_BLOCK, old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
9288 | ||
9289 | /* Return the address of the result block. */ | |
9290 | return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (result, 0)); | |
0006469d | 9291 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9292 | |
b93a436e | 9293 | /* Perform an untyped return. */ |
ca695ac9 JB |
9294 | |
9295 | static void | |
b93a436e JL |
9296 | expand_builtin_return (result) |
9297 | rtx result; | |
bbf6f052 | 9298 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9299 | int size, align, regno; |
9300 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9301 | rtx reg; | |
9302 | rtx call_fusage = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 9303 | |
b93a436e JL |
9304 | apply_result_size (); |
9305 | result = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, result); | |
bbf6f052 | 9306 | |
b93a436e JL |
9307 | #ifdef HAVE_untyped_return |
9308 | if (HAVE_untyped_return) | |
ca695ac9 | 9309 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9310 | emit_jump_insn (gen_untyped_return (result, result_vector (0, result))); |
9311 | emit_barrier (); | |
9312 | return; | |
ca695ac9 | 9313 | } |
b93a436e | 9314 | #endif |
1499e0a8 | 9315 | |
b93a436e JL |
9316 | /* Restore the return value and note that each value is used. */ |
9317 | size = 0; | |
9318 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9319 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9320 | { | |
9321 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9322 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9323 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9324 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); | |
9325 | emit_move_insn (reg, | |
9326 | change_address (result, mode, | |
9327 | plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0), | |
9328 | size))); | |
9329 | ||
9330 | push_to_sequence (call_fusage); | |
9331 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg)); | |
9332 | call_fusage = get_insns (); | |
9333 | end_sequence (); | |
9334 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
9335 | } | |
9336 | ||
9337 | /* Put the USE insns before the return. */ | |
9338 | emit_insns (call_fusage); | |
9339 | ||
9340 | /* Return whatever values was restored by jumping directly to the end | |
9341 | of the function. */ | |
9342 | expand_null_return (); | |
ca695ac9 JB |
9343 | } |
9344 | \f | |
b93a436e JL |
9345 | /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement |
9346 | and return the RTX for the result. | |
9347 | POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */ | |
1499e0a8 | 9348 | |
b93a436e JL |
9349 | static rtx |
9350 | expand_increment (exp, post, ignore) | |
9351 | register tree exp; | |
9352 | int post, ignore; | |
ca695ac9 | 9353 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9354 | register rtx op0, op1; |
9355 | register rtx temp, value; | |
9356 | register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9357 | optab this_optab = add_optab; | |
9358 | int icode; | |
9359 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
9360 | int op0_is_copy = 0; | |
9361 | int single_insn = 0; | |
9362 | /* 1 means we can't store into OP0 directly, | |
9363 | because it is a subreg narrower than a word, | |
9364 | and we don't dare clobber the rest of the word. */ | |
9365 | int bad_subreg = 0; | |
1499e0a8 | 9366 | |
b93a436e JL |
9367 | /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be |
9368 | evaluated more than once below. */ | |
9369 | if (!post | |
9370 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
9371 | || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9372 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF | |
9373 | || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1))))) | |
9374 | incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented); | |
9375 | /* Nested *INCREMENT_EXPRs can happen in C++. We must force innermost | |
9376 | ones into save exprs so that they don't accidentally get evaluated | |
9377 | more than once by the code below. */ | |
9378 | if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREINCREMENT_EXPR | |
9379 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9380 | incremented = save_expr (incremented); | |
e9a25f70 | 9381 | |
b93a436e JL |
9382 | /* Compute the operands as RTX. |
9383 | Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it: | |
9384 | I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg | |
9385 | and insns were generated in computing it. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 9386 | |
b93a436e JL |
9387 | temp = get_last_insn (); |
9388 | op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW); | |
e9a25f70 | 9389 | |
b93a436e JL |
9390 | /* If OP0 is a SUBREG made for a promoted variable, we cannot increment |
9391 | in place but instead must do sign- or zero-extension during assignment, | |
9392 | so we copy it into a new register and let the code below use it as | |
9393 | a copy. | |
e9a25f70 | 9394 | |
b93a436e JL |
9395 | Note that we can safely modify this SUBREG since it is know not to be |
9396 | shared (it was made by the expand_expr call above). */ | |
9397 | ||
9398 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0)) | |
9399 | { | |
9400 | if (post) | |
9401 | SUBREG_REG (op0) = copy_to_reg (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
9402 | else | |
9403 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
9404 | } | |
9405 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
9406 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
9407 | { | |
9408 | /* We cannot increment this SUBREG in place. If we are | |
9409 | post-incrementing, get a copy of the old value. Otherwise, | |
9410 | just mark that we cannot increment in place. */ | |
9411 | if (post) | |
9412 | op0 = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9413 | else | |
9414 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
9415 | } |
9416 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9417 | op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG) |
9418 | && temp != get_last_insn ()); | |
9419 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
9420 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
1499e0a8 | 9421 | |
b93a436e JL |
9422 | /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */ |
9423 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9424 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9425 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
9426 | ||
9427 | /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */ | |
9428 | if (this_optab == sub_optab | |
9429 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
ca695ac9 | 9430 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9431 | op1 = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (op1)); |
9432 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
ca695ac9 | 9433 | } |
1499e0a8 | 9434 | |
b93a436e JL |
9435 | /* For a preincrement, see if we can do this with a single instruction. */ |
9436 | if (!post) | |
9437 | { | |
9438 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
9439 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9440 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9441 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
9442 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode) | |
9443 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode) | |
9444 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
9445 | single_insn = 1; | |
9446 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9447 | |
b93a436e JL |
9448 | /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register, |
9449 | then we cannot just increment OP0. We must therefore contrive to | |
9450 | increment the original value. Then, for postincrement, we can return | |
9451 | OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. For preincrement, expand here | |
9452 | unless we can do it with a single insn. | |
bbf6f052 | 9453 | |
b93a436e JL |
9454 | Likewise if storing directly into OP0 would clobber high bits |
9455 | we need to preserve (bad_subreg). */ | |
9456 | if (op0_is_copy || (!post && !single_insn) || bad_subreg) | |
a358cee0 | 9457 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9458 | /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is. |
9459 | Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED are prevented | |
9460 | because either (1) it is a component_ref or preincrement, | |
9461 | in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref | |
9462 | with constant index in an array in a register, which is | |
9463 | safe to reevaluate. */ | |
9464 | tree newexp = build (((TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9465 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9466 | ? MINUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR), | |
9467 | TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9468 | incremented, | |
9469 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
a358cee0 | 9470 | |
b93a436e JL |
9471 | while (TREE_CODE (incremented) == NOP_EXPR |
9472 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9473 | { | |
9474 | newexp = convert (TREE_TYPE (incremented), newexp); | |
9475 | incremented = TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0); | |
9476 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9477 | |
b93a436e JL |
9478 | temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post && ! ignore , 0); |
9479 | return post ? op0 : temp; | |
9480 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9481 | |
b93a436e JL |
9482 | if (post) |
9483 | { | |
9484 | /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0. | |
9485 | If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. | |
9486 | Queueing the increment insn avoids the register shuffling | |
9487 | that often results if we must increment now and first save | |
9488 | the old value for subsequent use. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9489 | |
b93a436e JL |
9490 | #if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */ |
9491 | op0 = stabilize (op0); | |
9492 | #endif | |
41dfd40c | 9493 | |
b93a436e JL |
9494 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; |
9495 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9496 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9497 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
9498 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode) | |
9499 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode)) | |
9500 | { | |
9501 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
9502 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
bbf6f052 | 9503 | |
b93a436e JL |
9504 | return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1)); |
9505 | } | |
9506 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
9507 | { | |
9508 | rtx addr = (general_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), mode) | |
9509 | ? force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0)) | |
9510 | : copy_to_reg (XEXP (op0, 0))); | |
9511 | rtx temp, result; | |
ca695ac9 | 9512 | |
b93a436e JL |
9513 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, addr); |
9514 | temp = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); | |
9515 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
9516 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
ca695ac9 | 9517 | |
b93a436e JL |
9518 | /* The increment queue is LIFO, thus we have to `queue' |
9519 | the instructions in reverse order. */ | |
9520 | enqueue_insn (op0, gen_move_insn (op0, temp)); | |
9521 | result = enqueue_insn (temp, GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, temp, op1)); | |
9522 | return result; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9523 | } |
9524 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9525 | |
b93a436e JL |
9526 | /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */ |
9527 | if (post) | |
9528 | /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */ | |
9529 | temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9530 | else | |
9531 | /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */ | |
9532 | /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue, | |
9533 | and the results of that would be invalid for us to return | |
9534 | if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */ | |
9535 | temp = copy_rtx (value = op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9536 | |
b93a436e JL |
9537 | /* Increment however we can. */ |
9538 | op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, | |
9539 | flag_check_memory_usage ? NULL_RTX : op0, | |
9540 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9541 | /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */ | |
9542 | if (op1 != op0) | |
9543 | emit_move_insn (op0, op1); | |
5718612f | 9544 | |
b93a436e JL |
9545 | return temp; |
9546 | } | |
9547 | \f | |
9548 | /* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first. | |
9549 | But don't look within expressions that have sequence points. | |
9550 | For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value | |
9551 | in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field. */ | |
5718612f | 9552 | |
b93a436e JL |
9553 | static void |
9554 | preexpand_calls (exp) | |
9555 | tree exp; | |
9556 | { | |
9557 | register int nops, i; | |
9558 | int type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)); | |
5718612f | 9559 | |
b93a436e JL |
9560 | if (! do_preexpand_calls) |
9561 | return; | |
5718612f | 9562 | |
b93a436e | 9563 | /* Only expressions and references can contain calls. */ |
bbf6f052 | 9564 | |
b93a436e JL |
9565 | if (type != 'e' && type != '<' && type != '1' && type != '2' && type != 'r') |
9566 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9567 | |
b93a436e JL |
9568 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
9569 | { | |
9570 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
9571 | /* Do nothing if already expanded. */ | |
9572 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0 | |
9573 | /* Do nothing if the call returns a variable-sized object. */ | |
9574 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE(exp))) != INTEGER_CST | |
9575 | /* Do nothing to built-in functions. */ | |
9576 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9577 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
9578 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
9579 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
9580 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9581 | |
b93a436e JL |
9582 | CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, NULL_RTX, 0); |
9583 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9584 | |
b93a436e JL |
9585 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
9586 | case COND_EXPR: | |
9587 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
9588 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
9589 | /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure | |
9590 | the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps). | |
9591 | Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument | |
9592 | of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment | |
9593 | after some other args have already been pushed. */ | |
9594 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9595 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9596 | |
b93a436e JL |
9597 | case BLOCK: |
9598 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
9599 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
9600 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: | |
9601 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: | |
9602 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 9603 | |
b93a436e JL |
9604 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
9605 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
9606 | return; | |
9607 | ||
9608 | default: | |
9609 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 9610 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9611 | |
b93a436e JL |
9612 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; |
9613 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
9614 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0) | |
9615 | { | |
9616 | type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))); | |
9617 | if (type == 'e' || type == '<' || type == '1' || type == '2' | |
9618 | || type == 'r') | |
9619 | preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i)); | |
9620 | } | |
9621 | } | |
9622 | \f | |
9623 | /* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed | |
9624 | arguments waiting to be popped. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9625 | |
b93a436e JL |
9626 | void |
9627 | init_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9628 | { | |
9629 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
9630 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9631 | |
b93a436e | 9632 | /* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust |
060fbabf JL |
9633 | so the adjustment won't get done. |
9634 | ||
9635 | Note, if the current function calls alloca, then it must have a | |
9636 | frame pointer regardless of the value of flag_omit_frame_pointer. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9637 | |
b93a436e JL |
9638 | void |
9639 | clear_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9640 | { | |
9641 | #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
9642 | if (optimize > 0 | |
060fbabf JL |
9643 | && (! flag_omit_frame_pointer || current_function_calls_alloca) |
9644 | && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
b93a436e JL |
9645 | && ! (DECL_INLINE (current_function_decl) && ! flag_no_inline) |
9646 | && ! flag_inline_functions) | |
9647 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
9648 | #endif | |
9649 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9650 | |
b93a436e JL |
9651 | /* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet. */ |
9652 | ||
9653 | void | |
9654 | do_pending_stack_adjust () | |
9655 | { | |
9656 | if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0) | |
ca695ac9 | 9657 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9658 | if (pending_stack_adjust != 0) |
9659 | adjust_stack (GEN_INT (pending_stack_adjust)); | |
9660 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 9661 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
9662 | } |
9663 | \f | |
b93a436e | 9664 | /* Expand conditional expressions. */ |
bbf6f052 | 9665 | |
b93a436e JL |
9666 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero. |
9667 | LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the | |
9668 | functions here. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9669 | |
b93a436e JL |
9670 | void |
9671 | jumpifnot (exp, label) | |
ca695ac9 | 9672 | tree exp; |
b93a436e | 9673 | rtx label; |
bbf6f052 | 9674 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9675 | do_jump (exp, label, NULL_RTX); |
9676 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9677 | |
b93a436e | 9678 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero. */ |
ca695ac9 | 9679 | |
b93a436e JL |
9680 | void |
9681 | jumpif (exp, label) | |
9682 | tree exp; | |
9683 | rtx label; | |
9684 | { | |
9685 | do_jump (exp, NULL_RTX, label); | |
9686 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9687 | |
b93a436e JL |
9688 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if |
9689 | the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one. | |
9690 | Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero, | |
9691 | meaning fall through in that case. | |
ca695ac9 | 9692 | |
b93a436e JL |
9693 | do_jump always does any pending stack adjust except when it does not |
9694 | actually perform a jump. An example where there is no jump | |
9695 | is when EXP is `(foo (), 0)' and IF_FALSE_LABEL is null. | |
ca695ac9 | 9696 | |
b93a436e JL |
9697 | This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as |
9698 | &&, || and comparison operators in EXP. */ | |
5718612f | 9699 | |
b93a436e JL |
9700 | void |
9701 | do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
9702 | tree exp; | |
9703 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
9704 | { | |
9705 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
9706 | /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to | |
9707 | in order to properly fall through. | |
9708 | These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero. */ | |
9709 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
9710 | rtx temp; | |
9711 | rtx comparison = 0; | |
9712 | int i; | |
9713 | tree type; | |
9714 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 9715 | |
b93a436e | 9716 | emit_queue (); |
ca695ac9 | 9717 | |
b93a436e | 9718 | switch (code) |
ca695ac9 | 9719 | { |
b93a436e | 9720 | case ERROR_MARK: |
ca695ac9 | 9721 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9722 | |
b93a436e JL |
9723 | case INTEGER_CST: |
9724 | temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label; | |
9725 | if (temp) | |
9726 | emit_jump (temp); | |
9727 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9728 | |
b93a436e JL |
9729 | #if 0 |
9730 | /* This is not true with #pragma weak */ | |
9731 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
9732 | /* The address of something can never be zero. */ | |
9733 | if (if_true_label) | |
9734 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
9735 | break; | |
9736 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 9737 | |
b93a436e JL |
9738 | case NOP_EXPR: |
9739 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9740 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
9741 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ARRAY_REF) | |
9742 | goto normal; | |
9743 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
9744 | /* If we are narrowing the operand, we have to do the compare in the | |
9745 | narrower mode. */ | |
9746 | if ((TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9747 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9748 | goto normal; | |
9749 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
9750 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
9751 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
9752 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
9753 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
9754 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
9755 | /* These cannot change zero->non-zero or vice versa. */ | |
9756 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9757 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9758 | |
b93a436e JL |
9759 | #if 0 |
9760 | /* This is never less insns than evaluating the PLUS_EXPR followed by | |
9761 | a test and can be longer if the test is eliminated. */ | |
9762 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
9763 | /* Reduce to minus. */ | |
9764 | exp = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9765 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
9766 | fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
9767 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
9768 | /* Process as MINUS. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9769 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 9770 | |
b93a436e JL |
9771 | case MINUS_EXPR: |
9772 | /* Non-zero iff operands of minus differ. */ | |
9773 | comparison = compare (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9774 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
9775 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
9776 | NE, NE); | |
9777 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9778 | |
b93a436e JL |
9779 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: |
9780 | /* If we are AND'ing with a small constant, do this comparison in the | |
9781 | smallest type that fits. If the machine doesn't have comparisons | |
9782 | that small, it will be converted back to the wider comparison. | |
9783 | This helps if we are testing the sign bit of a narrower object. | |
9784 | combine can't do this for us because it can't know whether a | |
9785 | ZERO_EXTRACT or a compare in a smaller mode exists, but we do. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9786 | |
b93a436e JL |
9787 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS |
9788 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
9789 | && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
9790 | && (i = floor_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) >= 0 | |
9791 | && (mode = mode_for_size (i + 1, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode | |
9792 | && (type = type_for_mode (mode, 1)) != 0 | |
9793 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9794 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
9795 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9796 | { | |
9797 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9798 | break; | |
9799 | } | |
9800 | goto normal; | |
bbf6f052 | 9801 | |
b93a436e JL |
9802 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: |
9803 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9804 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9805 | |
b93a436e JL |
9806 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: |
9807 | if (if_false_label == 0) | |
9808 | if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9809 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
9810 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9811 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9812 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9813 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9814 | |
b93a436e JL |
9815 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: |
9816 | if (if_true_label == 0) | |
9817 | if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9818 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
9819 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9820 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9821 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9822 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9823 | |
b93a436e JL |
9824 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
9825 | push_temp_slots (); | |
9826 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9827 | preserve_temp_slots (NULL_RTX); | |
9828 | free_temp_slots (); | |
9829 | pop_temp_slots (); | |
9830 | emit_queue (); | |
9831 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9832 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9833 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9834 | |
b93a436e JL |
9835 | case COMPONENT_REF: |
9836 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
9837 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
9838 | { | |
9839 | int bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp; | |
9840 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9841 | tree type; | |
9842 | tree offset; | |
9843 | int volatilep = 0; | |
9844 | int alignment; | |
bbf6f052 | 9845 | |
b93a436e JL |
9846 | /* Get description of this reference. We don't actually care |
9847 | about the underlying object here. */ | |
9848 | get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, | |
9849 | &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
9850 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 9851 | |
b93a436e JL |
9852 | type = type_for_size (bitsize, unsignedp); |
9853 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS | |
9854 | && type != 0 && bitsize >= 0 | |
9855 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9856 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
9857 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9858 | { | |
9859 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9860 | break; | |
9861 | } | |
9862 | goto normal; | |
9863 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9864 | |
b93a436e JL |
9865 | case COND_EXPR: |
9866 | /* Do (a ? 1 : 0) and (a ? 0 : 1) as special cases. */ | |
9867 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
9868 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
9869 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9870 | |
b93a436e JL |
9871 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
9872 | && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
9873 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9874 | |
b93a436e JL |
9875 | else |
9876 | { | |
9877 | register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9878 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9879 | |
b93a436e | 9880 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 9881 | |
b93a436e JL |
9882 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
9883 | /* Now the THEN-expression. */ | |
9884 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
9885 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
9886 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
9887 | /* In case the do_jump just above never jumps. */ | |
9888 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9889 | emit_label (label1); | |
bbf6f052 | 9890 | |
b93a436e JL |
9891 | /* Now the ELSE-expression. */ |
9892 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
9893 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
9894 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
9895 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
9896 | } | |
9897 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9898 | |
b93a436e JL |
9899 | case EQ_EXPR: |
9900 | { | |
9901 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9902 | |
b93a436e JL |
9903 | if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) |
9904 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9905 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT | |
9906 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
9907 | do_jump | |
9908 | (fold | |
9909 | (build (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9910 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9911 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9912 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9913 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9914 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9915 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9916 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))), | |
9917 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9918 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9919 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9920 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9921 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9922 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9923 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))))), | |
9924 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9925 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT | |
9926 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (inner_type))) | |
9927 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9928 | else | |
9929 | comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ); | |
9930 | break; | |
9931 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9932 | |
b93a436e JL |
9933 | case NE_EXPR: |
9934 | { | |
9935 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9936 | |
b93a436e JL |
9937 | if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) |
9938 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9939 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT | |
9940 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
9941 | do_jump | |
9942 | (fold | |
9943 | (build (TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9944 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9945 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9946 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9947 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9948 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
9949 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9950 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))), | |
9951 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9952 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9953 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9954 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
9955 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
9956 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
9957 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))))))), | |
9958 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9959 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT | |
9960 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (inner_type))) | |
9961 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9962 | else | |
9963 | comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE); | |
9964 | break; | |
9965 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9966 | |
b93a436e JL |
9967 | case LT_EXPR: |
9968 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9969 | == MODE_INT) | |
9970 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9971 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9972 | else | |
9973 | comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU); | |
9974 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9975 | |
b93a436e JL |
9976 | case LE_EXPR: |
9977 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9978 | == MODE_INT) | |
9979 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9980 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9981 | else | |
9982 | comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU); | |
9983 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9984 | |
b93a436e JL |
9985 | case GT_EXPR: |
9986 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9987 | == MODE_INT) | |
9988 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9989 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
9990 | else | |
9991 | comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU); | |
9992 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9993 | |
b93a436e JL |
9994 | case GE_EXPR: |
9995 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9996 | == MODE_INT) | |
9997 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
9998 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
9999 | else | |
10000 | comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU); | |
10001 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10002 | |
b93a436e JL |
10003 | default: |
10004 | normal: | |
10005 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10006 | #if 0 | |
10007 | /* This is not needed any more and causes poor code since it causes | |
10008 | comparisons and tests from non-SI objects to have different code | |
10009 | sequences. */ | |
10010 | /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse | |
10011 | from (set (mem ...) (arithop)) (set (cc0) (mem ...)). */ | |
10012 | if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
10013 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
ca695ac9 | 10014 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
10015 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
10016 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT) | |
10017 | comparison = (temp == const0_rtx ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx); | |
10018 | else if (GET_CODE (temp) == LABEL_REF) | |
10019 | comparison = const_true_rtx; | |
10020 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
10021 | && !can_compare_p (GET_MODE (temp))) | |
10022 | /* Note swapping the labels gives us not-equal. */ | |
10023 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (temp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
10024 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
10025 | comparison = compare_from_rtx (temp, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp)), | |
10026 | NE, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
10027 | GET_MODE (temp), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10028 | else | |
10029 | abort (); | |
10030 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10031 | |
b93a436e JL |
10032 | /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested. */ |
10033 | emit_queue (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10034 | |
b93a436e JL |
10035 | /* If COMPARISON is nonzero here, it is an rtx that can be substituted |
10036 | straight into a conditional jump instruction as the jump condition. | |
10037 | Otherwise, all the work has been done already. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10038 | |
b93a436e JL |
10039 | if (comparison == const_true_rtx) |
10040 | { | |
10041 | if (if_true_label) | |
10042 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10043 | } | |
10044 | else if (comparison == const0_rtx) | |
10045 | { | |
10046 | if (if_false_label) | |
10047 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10048 | } | |
10049 | else if (comparison) | |
10050 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10051 | |
b93a436e JL |
10052 | if (drop_through_label) |
10053 | { | |
10054 | /* If do_jump produces code that might be jumped around, | |
10055 | do any stack adjusts from that code, before the place | |
10056 | where control merges in. */ | |
10057 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
10058 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
10059 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10060 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10061 | \f |
10062 | /* Given a comparison expression EXP for values too wide to be compared | |
10063 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. | |
10064 | The code of EXP is ignored; we always test GT if SWAP is 0, | |
10065 | and LT if SWAP is 1. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10066 | |
b93a436e JL |
10067 | static void |
10068 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, swap, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10069 | tree exp; | |
10070 | int swap; | |
10071 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
10072 | { | |
10073 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10074 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, !swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10075 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10076 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
10077 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
10078 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10079 | int i; | |
bbf6f052 | 10080 | |
b93a436e JL |
10081 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) |
10082 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10083 | if (! if_true_label) | |
10084 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
10085 | if (! if_false_label) | |
10086 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 10087 | |
b93a436e JL |
10088 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ |
10089 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
f81497d9 | 10090 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10091 | rtx comp; |
10092 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; | |
10093 | ||
10094 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
10095 | { | |
10096 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
10097 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
10098 | } | |
f81497d9 | 10099 | else |
b93a436e JL |
10100 | { |
10101 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10102 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10103 | } | |
10104 | ||
10105 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ | |
10106 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, | |
10107 | (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT, | |
10108 | unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10109 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10110 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10111 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10112 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
10113 | ||
10114 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ | |
10115 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, | |
10116 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10117 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10118 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10119 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10120 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); | |
f81497d9 | 10121 | } |
ca695ac9 | 10122 | |
b93a436e JL |
10123 | if (if_false_label) |
10124 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10125 | if (drop_through_label) | |
10126 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
f81497d9 RS |
10127 | } |
10128 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10129 | /* Compare OP0 with OP1, word at a time, in mode MODE. |
10130 | UNSIGNEDP says to do unsigned comparison. | |
10131 | Jump to IF_TRUE_LABEL if OP0 is greater, IF_FALSE_LABEL otherwise. */ | |
f81497d9 | 10132 | |
b93a436e JL |
10133 | void |
10134 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, unsignedp, op0, op1, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10135 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10136 | int unsignedp; | |
10137 | rtx op0, op1; | |
10138 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
f81497d9 | 10139 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10140 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); |
10141 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
10142 | int i; | |
f81497d9 | 10143 | |
b93a436e JL |
10144 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) |
10145 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10146 | if (! if_true_label) | |
10147 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
10148 | if (! if_false_label) | |
10149 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
f81497d9 | 10150 | |
b93a436e JL |
10151 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ |
10152 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
10153 | { | |
10154 | rtx comp; | |
10155 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; | |
bbf6f052 | 10156 | |
b93a436e JL |
10157 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
10158 | { | |
10159 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
10160 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
10161 | } | |
10162 | else | |
10163 | { | |
10164 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10165 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
10166 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10167 | |
b93a436e JL |
10168 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ |
10169 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, | |
10170 | (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT, | |
10171 | unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10172 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10173 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10174 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10175 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10176 | |
b93a436e JL |
10177 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ |
10178 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, | |
10179 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10180 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10181 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10182 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10183 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); | |
10184 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10185 | |
b93a436e JL |
10186 | if (if_false_label) |
10187 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10188 | if (drop_through_label) | |
10189 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
10190 | } |
10191 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10192 | /* Given an EQ_EXPR expression EXP for values too wide to be compared |
10193 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10194 | |
b93a436e JL |
10195 | static void |
10196 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10197 | tree exp; | |
10198 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 10199 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10200 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
10201 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10202 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10203 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
10204 | int i; | |
10205 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10206 | |
b93a436e JL |
10207 | if (! if_false_label) |
10208 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10209 | |
b93a436e JL |
10210 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
10211 | { | |
10212 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode), | |
10213 | operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode), | |
10214 | EQ, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
10215 | word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10216 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10217 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10218 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10219 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
10220 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10221 | |
b93a436e JL |
10222 | if (if_true_label) |
10223 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10224 | if (drop_through_label) | |
10225 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10226 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10227 | \f |
10228 | /* Jump according to whether OP0 is 0. | |
10229 | We assume that OP0 has an integer mode that is too wide | |
10230 | for the available compare insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10231 | |
b93a436e JL |
10232 | static void |
10233 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (op0, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10234 | rtx op0; | |
10235 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
ca695ac9 | 10236 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10237 | int nwords = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; |
10238 | rtx part; | |
10239 | int i; | |
10240 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10241 | |
b93a436e JL |
10242 | /* The fastest way of doing this comparison on almost any machine is to |
10243 | "or" all the words and compare the result. If all have to be loaded | |
10244 | from memory and this is a very wide item, it's possible this may | |
10245 | be slower, but that's highly unlikely. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10246 | |
b93a436e JL |
10247 | part = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
10248 | emit_move_insn (part, operand_subword_force (op0, 0, GET_MODE (op0))); | |
10249 | for (i = 1; i < nwords && part != 0; i++) | |
10250 | part = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, part, | |
10251 | operand_subword_force (op0, i, GET_MODE (op0)), | |
10252 | part, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 10253 | |
b93a436e JL |
10254 | if (part != 0) |
10255 | { | |
10256 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (part, const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, | |
10257 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
0f41302f | 10258 | |
b93a436e JL |
10259 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) |
10260 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10261 | else if (comp == const0_rtx) | |
10262 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10263 | else | |
10264 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10265 | |
b93a436e JL |
10266 | return; |
10267 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10268 | |
b93a436e JL |
10269 | /* If we couldn't do the "or" simply, do this with a series of compares. */ |
10270 | if (! if_false_label) | |
10271 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10272 | |
b93a436e JL |
10273 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
10274 | { | |
10275 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, | |
10276 | GET_MODE (op0)), | |
10277 | const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10278 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
10279 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10280 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
10281 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
10282 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10283 | |
b93a436e JL |
10284 | if (if_true_label) |
10285 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
0f41302f | 10286 | |
b93a436e JL |
10287 | if (drop_through_label) |
10288 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10289 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10290 | |
b93a436e JL |
10291 | /* Given a comparison expression in rtl form, output conditional branches to |
10292 | IF_TRUE_LABEL, IF_FALSE_LABEL, or both. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10293 | |
b93a436e JL |
10294 | static void |
10295 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10296 | rtx comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 10297 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10298 | if (if_true_label) |
10299 | { | |
10300 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) | |
10301 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) (if_true_label)); | |
10302 | else | |
10303 | abort (); | |
ca695ac9 | 10304 | |
b93a436e JL |
10305 | if (if_false_label) |
10306 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10307 | } | |
10308 | else if (if_false_label) | |
10309 | { | |
10310 | rtx insn; | |
10311 | rtx prev = get_last_insn (); | |
10312 | rtx branch = 0; | |
0f41302f | 10313 | |
b93a436e JL |
10314 | /* Output the branch with the opposite condition. Then try to invert |
10315 | what is generated. If more than one insn is a branch, or if the | |
10316 | branch is not the last insn written, abort. If we can't invert | |
10317 | the branch, emit make a true label, redirect this jump to that, | |
10318 | emit a jump to the false label and define the true label. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10319 | |
b93a436e JL |
10320 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) |
10321 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)])(if_false_label)); | |
10322 | else | |
10323 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10324 | |
b93a436e JL |
10325 | /* Here we get the first insn that was just emitted. It used to be the |
10326 | case that, on some machines, emitting the branch would discard | |
10327 | the previous compare insn and emit a replacement. This isn't | |
10328 | done anymore, but abort if we see that PREV is deleted. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10329 | |
b93a436e JL |
10330 | if (prev == 0) |
10331 | insn = get_insns (); | |
10332 | else if (INSN_DELETED_P (prev)) | |
10333 | abort (); | |
10334 | else | |
10335 | insn = NEXT_INSN (prev); | |
bbf6f052 | 10336 | |
b93a436e JL |
10337 | for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) |
10338 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN) | |
10339 | { | |
10340 | if (branch) | |
10341 | abort (); | |
10342 | branch = insn; | |
10343 | } | |
a7c5971a | 10344 | |
b93a436e JL |
10345 | if (branch != get_last_insn ()) |
10346 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10347 | |
b93a436e JL |
10348 | JUMP_LABEL (branch) = if_false_label; |
10349 | if (! invert_jump (branch, if_false_label)) | |
10350 | { | |
10351 | if_true_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10352 | redirect_jump (branch, if_true_label); | |
10353 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10354 | emit_label (if_true_label); | |
10355 | } | |
10356 | } | |
10357 | } | |
10358 | \f | |
10359 | /* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP | |
10360 | (including code to compute the values to be compared) | |
10361 | and set (CC0) according to the result. | |
10362 | SIGNED_CODE should be the rtx operation for this comparison for | |
10363 | signed data; UNSIGNED_CODE, likewise for use if data is unsigned. | |
bbf6f052 | 10364 | |
b93a436e JL |
10365 | We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently |
10366 | things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10367 | |
b93a436e JL |
10368 | static rtx |
10369 | compare (exp, signed_code, unsigned_code) | |
10370 | register tree exp; | |
10371 | enum rtx_code signed_code, unsigned_code; | |
10372 | { | |
10373 | register rtx op0 | |
10374 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10375 | register rtx op1 | |
10376 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10377 | register tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
10378 | register enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
10379 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
10380 | enum rtx_code code = unsignedp ? unsigned_code : signed_code; | |
ca695ac9 | 10381 | |
b93a436e JL |
10382 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare |
10383 | /* If function pointers need to be "canonicalized" before they can | |
10384 | be reliably compared, then canonicalize them. */ | |
10385 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10386 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10387 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10388 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
bbf6f052 | 10389 | { |
b93a436e | 10390 | rtx new_op0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
bbf6f052 | 10391 | |
b93a436e JL |
10392 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op0, op0)); |
10393 | op0 = new_op0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10394 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10395 | |
b93a436e JL |
10396 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare |
10397 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10398 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
10399 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
10400 | { | |
10401 | rtx new_op1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 10402 | |
b93a436e JL |
10403 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op1, op1)); |
10404 | op1 = new_op1; | |
10405 | } | |
10406 | #endif | |
0f41302f | 10407 | |
b93a436e JL |
10408 | return compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, |
10409 | ((mode == BLKmode) | |
10410 | ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : NULL_RTX), | |
10411 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
ca695ac9 | 10412 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10413 | |
b93a436e JL |
10414 | /* Like compare but expects the values to compare as two rtx's. |
10415 | The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller. | |
bbf6f052 | 10416 | |
b93a436e JL |
10417 | If MODE is BLKmode, SIZE is an RTX giving the size of the objects being |
10418 | compared. | |
bbf6f052 | 10419 | |
b93a436e JL |
10420 | If ALIGN is non-zero, it is the alignment of this type; if zero, the |
10421 | size of MODE should be used. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10422 | |
b93a436e JL |
10423 | rtx |
10424 | compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, size, align) | |
10425 | register rtx op0, op1; | |
10426 | enum rtx_code code; | |
10427 | int unsignedp; | |
10428 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10429 | rtx size; | |
10430 | int align; | |
bbf6f052 | 10431 | { |
b93a436e | 10432 | rtx tem; |
bbf6f052 | 10433 | |
b93a436e JL |
10434 | /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this |
10435 | if the other operand is not constant as well. */ | |
e7c33f54 | 10436 | |
b93a436e JL |
10437 | if ((CONSTANT_P (op0) && ! CONSTANT_P (op1)) |
10438 | || (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)) | |
ca695ac9 | 10439 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10440 | tem = op0; |
10441 | op0 = op1; | |
10442 | op1 = tem; | |
10443 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
10444 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10445 | |
b93a436e JL |
10446 | if (flag_force_mem) |
10447 | { | |
10448 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
10449 | op1 = force_not_mem (op1); | |
10450 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10451 | |
b93a436e | 10452 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
ca695ac9 | 10453 | |
b93a436e JL |
10454 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT |
10455 | && (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0) | |
10456 | return tem; | |
ca695ac9 | 10457 | |
b93a436e JL |
10458 | #if 0 |
10459 | /* There's no need to do this now that combine.c can eliminate lots of | |
10460 | sign extensions. This can be less efficient in certain cases on other | |
10461 | machines. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10462 | |
b93a436e JL |
10463 | /* If this is a signed equality comparison, we can do it as an |
10464 | unsigned comparison since zero-extension is cheaper than sign | |
10465 | extension and comparisons with zero are done as unsigned. This is | |
10466 | the case even on machines that can do fast sign extension, since | |
10467 | zero-extension is easier to combine with other operations than | |
10468 | sign-extension is. If we are comparing against a constant, we must | |
10469 | convert it to what it would look like unsigned. */ | |
10470 | if ((code == EQ || code == NE) && ! unsignedp | |
10471 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
10472 | { | |
10473 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT | |
10474 | && (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) != INTVAL (op1)) | |
10475 | op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))); | |
10476 | unsignedp = 1; | |
10477 | } | |
10478 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 10479 | |
b93a436e | 10480 | emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, code, size, mode, unsignedp, align); |
ca695ac9 | 10481 | |
b93a436e JL |
10482 | return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx); |
10483 | } | |
10484 | \f | |
10485 | /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction | |
10486 | and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison | |
10487 | or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison. | |
ca695ac9 | 10488 | |
b93a436e | 10489 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
ca695ac9 | 10490 | |
b93a436e JL |
10491 | If ONLY_CHEAP is non-zero, only do this if it is likely to be very |
10492 | cheap. | |
ca695ac9 | 10493 | |
b93a436e JL |
10494 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction |
10495 | available on this machine. | |
ca695ac9 | 10496 | |
b93a436e JL |
10497 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, |
10498 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
10499 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
10500 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
10501 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
10502 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
10503 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10504 | |
b93a436e JL |
10505 | static rtx |
10506 | do_store_flag (exp, target, mode, only_cheap) | |
10507 | tree exp; | |
10508 | rtx target; | |
10509 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10510 | int only_cheap; | |
10511 | { | |
10512 | enum rtx_code code; | |
10513 | tree arg0, arg1, type; | |
10514 | tree tem; | |
10515 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; | |
10516 | int invert = 0; | |
10517 | int unsignedp; | |
10518 | rtx op0, op1; | |
10519 | enum insn_code icode; | |
10520 | rtx subtarget = target; | |
381127e8 | 10521 | rtx result, label; |
ca695ac9 | 10522 | |
b93a436e JL |
10523 | /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the |
10524 | result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would | |
10525 | have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for | |
10526 | some floating-point comparisons. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10527 | |
b93a436e JL |
10528 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR) |
10529 | invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 10530 | |
b93a436e JL |
10531 | arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
10532 | arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
10533 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); | |
10534 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
10535 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
ca695ac9 | 10536 | |
b93a436e JL |
10537 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
10538 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
10539 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
10540 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10541 | |
b93a436e JL |
10542 | /* We won't bother with store-flag operations involving function pointers |
10543 | when function pointers must be canonicalized before comparisons. */ | |
10544 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10545 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10546 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10547 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10548 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
10549 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
10550 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
10551 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)))) | |
10552 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 JB |
10553 | #endif |
10554 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10555 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
10556 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10557 | |
b93a436e JL |
10558 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison |
10559 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
10560 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
10561 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
10562 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
10563 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10564 | |
b93a436e JL |
10565 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
10566 | { | |
10567 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
10568 | code = EQ; | |
bbf6f052 | 10569 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10570 | case NE_EXPR: |
10571 | code = NE; | |
bbf6f052 | 10572 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10573 | case LT_EXPR: |
10574 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10575 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
10576 | else | |
10577 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
ca695ac9 | 10578 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10579 | case LE_EXPR: |
10580 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10581 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT; | |
10582 | else | |
10583 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10584 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10585 | case GT_EXPR: |
10586 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10587 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE; | |
10588 | else | |
10589 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10590 | break; | |
10591 | case GE_EXPR: | |
10592 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10593 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10594 | else | |
10595 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10596 | break; |
ca695ac9 | 10597 | default: |
b93a436e | 10598 | abort (); |
bbf6f052 | 10599 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10600 | |
b93a436e JL |
10601 | /* Put a constant second. */ |
10602 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
10603 | { | |
10604 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
10605 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 10606 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10607 | |
b93a436e JL |
10608 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can |
10609 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
10610 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
10611 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
10612 | than an scc insn even if we have it. */ | |
d39985fa | 10613 | |
b93a436e JL |
10614 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) |
10615 | && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1) | |
10616 | && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1))) | |
10617 | { | |
10618 | tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
10619 | int bitnum = tree_log2 (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1)); | |
10620 | int ops_unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 | 10621 | |
b93a436e JL |
10622 | /* If INNER is a right shift of a constant and it plus BITNUM does |
10623 | not overflow, adjust BITNUM and INNER. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10624 | |
b93a436e JL |
10625 | if (TREE_CODE (inner) == RSHIFT_EXPR |
10626 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
10627 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == 0 | |
10628 | && (bitnum + TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) | |
10629 | < TYPE_PRECISION (type))) | |
ca695ac9 | 10630 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10631 | bitnum += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)); |
10632 | inner = TREE_OPERAND (inner, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 10633 | } |
ca695ac9 | 10634 | |
b93a436e JL |
10635 | /* If we are going to be able to omit the AND below, we must do our |
10636 | operations as unsigned. If we must use the AND, we have a choice. | |
10637 | Normally unsigned is faster, but for some machines signed is. */ | |
10638 | ops_unsignedp = (bitnum == TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1 ? 1 | |
10639 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP | |
10640 | : (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (operand_mode) == SIGN_EXTEND ? 0 : 1) | |
10641 | #else | |
10642 | : 1 | |
10643 | #endif | |
10644 | ); | |
bbf6f052 | 10645 | |
b93a436e JL |
10646 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG |
10647 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
e5e809f4 | 10648 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, inner, 1)) |
b93a436e | 10649 | subtarget = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 10650 | |
b93a436e | 10651 | op0 = expand_expr (inner, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 10652 | |
b93a436e JL |
10653 | if (bitnum != 0) |
10654 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
10655 | size_int (bitnum), subtarget, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 10656 | |
b93a436e JL |
10657 | if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode) |
10658 | op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 10659 | |
b93a436e JL |
10660 | if ((code == EQ && ! invert) || (code == NE && invert)) |
10661 | op0 = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, subtarget, | |
10662 | ops_unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 10663 | |
b93a436e JL |
10664 | /* Put the AND last so it can combine with more things. */ |
10665 | if (bitnum != TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1) | |
10666 | op0 = expand_and (op0, const1_rtx, subtarget); | |
bbf6f052 | 10667 | |
b93a436e JL |
10668 | return op0; |
10669 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10670 | |
b93a436e JL |
10671 | /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */ |
10672 | if (! can_compare_p (operand_mode)) | |
10673 | return 0; | |
10674 | icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code]; | |
10675 | if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
10676 | || (only_cheap && insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][0] != mode)) | |
ca695ac9 | 10677 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10678 | /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that |
10679 | can be handled without an scc insn. */ | |
10680 | if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1)) | |
10681 | || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1))) | |
10682 | ; | |
10683 | else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0 | |
10684 | && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ) | |
10685 | && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE | |
10686 | && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10687 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
10688 | || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
10689 | != CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
10690 | ; | |
10691 | else | |
10692 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10693 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10694 | |
10695 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
10696 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG | |
10697 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
e5e809f4 | 10698 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, arg1, 1)) |
b93a436e JL |
10699 | subtarget = 0; |
10700 | ||
10701 | op0 = expand_expr (arg0, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10702 | op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10703 | ||
10704 | if (target == 0) | |
10705 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10706 | ||
10707 | /* Pass copies of OP0 and OP1 in case they contain a QUEUED. This is safe | |
10708 | because, if the emit_store_flag does anything it will succeed and | |
10709 | OP0 and OP1 will not be used subsequently. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10710 | |
b93a436e JL |
10711 | result = emit_store_flag (target, code, |
10712 | queued_subexp_p (op0) ? copy_rtx (op0) : op0, | |
10713 | queued_subexp_p (op1) ? copy_rtx (op1) : op1, | |
10714 | operand_mode, unsignedp, 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10715 | |
b93a436e JL |
10716 | if (result) |
10717 | { | |
10718 | if (invert) | |
10719 | result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx, | |
10720 | result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
10721 | return result; | |
ca695ac9 | 10722 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10723 | |
b93a436e JL |
10724 | /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */ |
10725 | if (GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
10726 | || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1)) | |
10727 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
10728 | ||
10729 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
10730 | result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, | |
10731 | operand_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10732 | if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT) | |
10733 | return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert) | |
10734 | || (result != const0_rtx && invert)) | |
10735 | ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 10736 | |
b93a436e JL |
10737 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
10738 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0) | |
10739 | abort (); | |
0f41302f | 10740 | |
b93a436e JL |
10741 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label)); |
10742 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
10743 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10744 | |
b93a436e | 10745 | return target; |
ca695ac9 | 10746 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10747 | \f |
10748 | /* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements). */ | |
10749 | ||
10750 | #ifdef HAVE_tablejump | |
e87b4f3f | 10751 | |
b93a436e JL |
10752 | /* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value |
10753 | in the table already subtracted. | |
10754 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). | |
10755 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. | |
10756 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
88d3b7f0 | 10757 | |
b93a436e JL |
10758 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the |
10759 | index value is out of range. */ | |
0f41302f | 10760 | |
ca695ac9 | 10761 | void |
b93a436e JL |
10762 | do_tablejump (index, mode, range, table_label, default_label) |
10763 | rtx index, range, table_label, default_label; | |
10764 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 10765 | { |
b93a436e | 10766 | register rtx temp, vector; |
88d3b7f0 | 10767 | |
b93a436e JL |
10768 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
10769 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
10770 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
10771 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
10772 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
10773 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
10774 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
709f5be1 | 10775 | |
b93a436e JL |
10776 | emit_cmp_insn (index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, 0); |
10777 | emit_jump_insn (gen_bgtu (default_label)); | |
bbf6f052 | 10778 | |
b93a436e JL |
10779 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. |
10780 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
10781 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
10782 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 10783 | |
b93a436e JL |
10784 | /* Don't let a MEM slip thru, because then INDEX that comes |
10785 | out of PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS won't be a valid address, | |
10786 | and break_out_memory_refs will go to work on it and mess it up. */ | |
10787 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10788 | if (flag_pic && GET_CODE (index) != REG) | |
10789 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, index); | |
10790 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 10791 | |
b93a436e JL |
10792 | /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address |
10793 | it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made | |
10794 | about addresses that contain label-refs, | |
10795 | which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */ | |
10796 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the | |
10797 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
10798 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
10799 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
10800 | index = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
10801 | gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, index, | |
10802 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), | |
10803 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, table_label)); | |
10804 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10805 | if (flag_pic) | |
10806 | index = PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS (index); | |
10807 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 10808 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
10809 | index = memory_address_noforce (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
10810 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); | |
10811 | vector = gen_rtx_MEM (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); | |
10812 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1; | |
10813 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); | |
10814 | ||
10815 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
10816 | ||
10817 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
10818 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
10819 | if (! CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE && ! flag_pic) | |
10820 | emit_barrier (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10821 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10822 | |
10823 | #endif /* HAVE_tablejump */ |